Перевод: со всех языков на все языки

со всех языков на все языки

to+opt+for+something

Толкование Перевод

41 -ne

1.
nē (old forms nei and ni; v. the foll.), adv. and conj., the primitive Latin negative particle, no, not; whereas the negative particle non is a derivative (v. non init.) [prob. of pronominal origin; cf. the Anglo-Saxon na and ne (Engl. no), whence naht (Engl. not) is derived; Sanscr. na, not].
I.
Adv., with a single word of a proposition (in early Latin): NE MINVS TRINVM NOVNDINVM, not less than, etc., S. C. de Bacch.; cf. with DVM NE MINVS SENATORIBVS C. ADESENT, twice in the same S. C.;
and in the form ni: DVM NI MINVS VIGINTI ADSIENT,
Inscr. Grut. 207, 3. So too:
DVM NE AMPLIOREM MODVM PRATORVM HABEANT QVAM, etc.,
Inscr. Orell. 3121 (Sententia de finibus inter Genuates et Viturios regundis lata A. U. C. 637). So, ne minores (verres) quam semestres, Varr. R. R. 2, 4, 21. In the time of Plautus the usage was unsettled, non and ne being used indifferently for simple negation; cf. Lorenz ad Plaut. Most. 105; Brix ad Plaut. Trin. 1156.—
2.
To this is allied the adverbial use of ne in all periods of the language.
a.
Ne... quidem, applies the negation with emphasis to the word between them, not even:
ne sues quidem id velint, non modo ipse,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 38, 92:
ne in oppidis quidem... ne in fanis quidem,
id. Verr. 2, 4, 1, § 2:
Philippus non item: itaque ne nos quidem,
id. Att. 14, 12, 2:
nulla ne minima quidem aura fluctus commovente,
id. Tusc. 5, 6, 16:
non potest dici satis, ne cogitari quidem, quantum, etc.,
id. Mil. 29, 78:
vita beata, quam ne in deo quidem esse censes, nisi, etc.,
id. N. D. 1, 24, 67:
ut in foro et in judicio... ne non timere quidem sine aliquo timore possimus,
id. Mil. 1, 2:
ne tondere quidem Vellera possunt,
Verg. G. 3, 561;
so after a negative, repeating it with emphasis: non enim praetereundum est ne id quidem,
Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 60, § 155:
nulla species ne excogitari quidem potest ornatior,
id. de Or. 3, 45, 179:
non praetermittam ne illud quidem,
id. Q. Fr. 2, 5, 2:
Caesar negat se ne Graeca quidem meliora legisse,
id. ib. 2, 16, 5:
numquam illum ne minima quidem re offendi,
id. Lael. 27, 103; Liv. 28, 42, 16; but when ne... quidem precedes, the negative of the principal verb is omitted:
sine quā ne intellegi quidem ulla virtus potest,
Cic. Tusc. 2, 13, 31:
neque enim ipsius quidem regis abhorrebat animus,
Liv. 29, 12, 10: ne quidem (with no intervening word), not even (late Lat.), Gai Inst. 1, 67; id. ib. 3, 93.—
b.
In composition, to make an absolute negation of the principal idea. So in neque and nequiquam; also in nescio and nevolo; and in nefas, nefandus, nepus (for non purus), nequeo, neuter, neutiquam; in nemo, nego, nihil, nullus, numquam, and nusquam; and, lastly, with a paragogic c before o: necopinans and neglego; negotium (i. e. nec-lego; nec-otium). —
B.
With a proposition (in all periods of the language, and exclusively),
1.
In imperative sentences, to signify that something must not be done.
(α).
With imper.: SI HOMINEM FVLMEN IOVIS OCCISIT, NE SVPRA GENVA TOLLITOR, let him not be raised, Leg. Reg.: HOMINEM MORTVVM IN VRBE NE SEPELITO NEVE VRITO, Fragm. XII. Tab. ap. Cic. Leg. 2, 23; cf.: MVLIERES GENAS NE RADVNTO NEVE LESSVM FVNERIS ERGO HABENTO, ib.: SI NOLET, ARCERAM NE STERNITO, let him not spread, he need not spread, ib. (cf. Gell. 20, 1, 25):
VECTIGAL INVITEI DARE NEI DEBENTO,
Inscr. Orell. 3121; cf.
art. ni, II.: abi, ne jura: satis credo,
Plaut. Pers. 4, 3, 20; 4, 5, 5:
ah, ne saevi tantopere,
Ter. And. 5, 2, 27:
impius ne audeto placare donis iram deorum,
Cic. Leg. 2, 9, 22:
ne, pueri, ne tanta animis assuescite bella,
Verg. A. 6, 832.—
(β).
With subj.:
ne me moveatis,
Plaut. Mil. 4, 9, 1:
si certum est facere, facias: verum ne post conferas Culpam in me,
Ter. Eun. 2, 3, 96:
si denique veritas extorquebit, ne repugnetis,
Cic. Clu. 2, 6:
ne pudori Sit tibi Musa lyrae sollers,
Hor. A. P. 406.—
2.
In wishes and asseverations: ne id Juppiter Opt. Max. sineret, etc., might Jupiter forbid it! etc., Liv. 4, 2; cf.:
ne istuc Juppiter Opt. Max. sirit, etc.,
id. 28, 28.—With utinam: utinam ne in nemore Pelio securibus Caesa accedisset abiegna ad terram trabes, would that not, Enn. ap. Cic. Top. 16, 61 (Trag. v. 280 Vahl.): utinam ne umquam, Mede Colchis cupido corde pedem extulisses, Enn ap. Non. 297, 18 (Trag. v. 311 ib.):
illud utinam ne vere scriberem!
Cic. Fam. 5, 17, 3; v. utinam.—With si:
ne vivam, si scio,
may I not live, may I die, if I know, Cic. Att. 4, 16, 8:
sed ne vivam, si tibi concedo,
id. Fam. 7, 23, 19:
ne sim salvus, si aliter scribo ac sentio,
id. ib. 16, 13, 1.—
3.
In concessive and restrictive clauses (conceived as softened commands; cf. II. init.).
(α).
In concessions, nemo is, inquies, umquam fuit. Ne fuerit:
ego enim, etc.,
there may not have been; suppose there was not, Cic. Or. 29, 101; cf.:
pugnes omnino, sed cum adversario facili. Ne sit sane: videri certe potest,
id. Ac. 2, 26, 85; 2, 32, 102:
ne sit sane summum malum dolor: malum certe est,
id. Tusc. 2, 5, 14:
ne sint in senectute vires: ne postulantur quidem vires a senectute,
id. Sen. 11, 34:
ne sit igitur sol, ne luna, ne stellae, quoniam nihil esse potest, nisi quod attigimus aut vidimus,
id. N. D. 1, 31, 88; Liv. 31, 7:
nec porro malum, quo aut oppressus jaceas, aut, ne opprimare, mente vix constes?
though you be not crushed; supposing you are not crushed, Cic. Tusc. 4, 17, 39.—
(β).
In restrictive clauses:
sint sane liberales ex sociorum fortunis, sint misericordes in furibus aerarii, ne illi sanguinem nostrum largiantur, etc.,
only let them not; if they only will not, Sall. C. 52, 12. So, dum ne, dummodo ne, modo ne, and dum quidem ne; v. dum and modo: me vero nihil istorum ne juvenem quidem movit umquam: ne nunc senem, much less now I am old = nedum, Cic. Fam. 9, 26, 2; cf.:
vix incedo inanis, ne ire posse cum onere existumes,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 174: scuta si homines inviti dant, etsi ad salutem communem dari sentiunt: ne quem putetis sine maximo dolore argentum caelatum domo protulisse, much less can you suppose, etc., Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 23, § 52; Liv. 3, 52.—
4.
In clauses which denote a purpose or result.
a.
Ut ne, that not, lest, so that not (very rare after the August. period; in Livy only in a few doubtful passages; in Cæsar, Seneca, and Tacitus not at all; v. under II.): quos ego ope meā Pro incertis certos... Dimitto, ut ne res temere tractent turbidas, Enn. ap. Cic. de Or. 1, 45, 199 (Trag v. 189 Vahl.): vestem ut ne inquinet, Plaut. Capt. 2, 2, 17. pergunt turbare usque, ut ne quid possit conquiescere, id. Most. 5, 1, 12:
haec mihi nunc cura est maxima, ut ne cui meae Longinquitas aetatis obstet,
Ter. Hec. 4, 2, 19:
ego, pol, te ulciscar, ut ne impune nos illuseris,
id. Eun. 5, 4, 19:
excitandam esse animadversionem et diligentiam, ut ne quid inconsiderate negligenterque agamus,
Cic. Off. 1, 29, 103:
equidem soleo dare operam, ut de suā quisque re me ipse doceat, et, ut ne quis alius assit, quo, etc.,
id. de Or. 2, 24, 102.—
b.
Ut... ne separated:
quam plurimis de rebus ad me velim scribas, ut prorsus ne quid ignorem,
Cic. Att. 3, 10, 3:
ut causae communi salutique ne deessent,
id. Verr. 2, 4, 63, § 140:
lata lex est, ne auspicia valerent, ut omnibus fastis diebus legem ferri liceret: ut lex Aelia, lex Fufia ne valeret,
id. Sest. 15, 33; id. N. D. 1, 7, 17:
vos orant atque obsecrant, judices, ut in actore causae suae deligendo vestrum judicium ab suo judicio ne discrepet,
id. Div. in Caecil. 4, 14.—
c.
Qui ne, quo ne, and quomodo ne (ante- and post-class. for ut ne):
ego id agam, mihi qui ne detur,
Ter. And. 2, 1, 35:
moxque ad aram, quo ne hostis dolum persentisceret, aversusque a duce assistit,
Dict. Cret. 4, 11: quaeritis maximis sumptibus faciendis, quomodo ne tributa conferatis, Gr. hôs mê, Rutil. Lup. 1, 9.
II.
In the several uses of the adv. ne, described above, the transition to its use to connect clauses is clearly seen (v. esp. I. B. 3. and 4.). In intentional clauses, and after verbs of fearing and avoiding, ne becomes a conjunction.
A.
In intentional clauses for ut ne, that not, lest: nolite, hospites, ad me adire: ilico isti! Ne contagio mea bonis umbrave obsit, approach me not; let not my presence harm you, i. e. lest my presence should harm you, Enn. ap. Cic. Tusc. 3, 12, 26 (Trag. v. 405 Vahl.):
omitto innumerabiles viros, quorum singuli saluti huic civitati fuerunt... ne quis se aut suorum aliquem praetermissum queratur,
Cic. Rep. 1, 1, 1; 1, 7, 12; 1, 5, 9:
Caesarem complexus obsecrare coepit, ne quid gravius in fratrem statueret,
Caes. B. G. 1, 20.—Esp. after verbs expressing forethought, care, etc.:
vide sis, ne quid imprudens ruas,
Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 128:
considera, ne in alienissimum tempus cadat adventus tuus,
Cic. Fam. 15, 14, 4:
Cocceius, vide, ne frustretur,
Cic. Att. 12, 18, 3 et saep.—
B.
After verbs signifying to fear, frighten, etc. (esp. metuo, timeo, vereor, horreo, paveo, terreo, conterreo; also, timor est, metus est, spes est, periculum est), to express the wish that something may not take place; represented in English by that (because in English the particle depends on the idea of fearing, not of wishing):
metuo et timeo, ne hoc tandem propalam flat,
that it will be discovered, Plaut. Mil. 4, 8, 38:
timeo ne malefacta mea sint inventa omnia,
id. Truc. 4, 2, 61:
vereor ne quid Andria apportet mali,
Ter. And. 1, 1, 46:
metuebat ne indicarent,
Cic. Mil. 21, 57:
mater cruciatur et sollicita est, ne filium spoliatum omni dignitate conspiciat,
id. Mur. 41, 88:
hic ne quid mihi prorogetur, horreo,
id. Att. 5, 21, 3:
id paves, ne ducas tu illam, tu autem ut ducas,
Ter. And. 2, 2, 12:
esse metus coepit, ne, etc.,
Ov. M. 7, 715:
terruit gentīs, grave ne rediret Saeculum Pyrrhae,
Hor. C. 1, 2, 5:
non periclumst, nequid recte monstres,
Plaut. Ps. 1, 3, 55:
pavor ceperat milites, ne mortiferum esset vulnus,
Liv. 24, 42 —
b.
When the dependent clause is negative, with non or nihil, that not:
vereor ne exercitum firmum habere non possit,
Cic. Att. 7, 12, 2:
unum vereor ne senatus Pompeium nolit dimittere,
id. ib. 5, 18, 1:
timeo ne non impetrem,
id. ib. 9, 6, 6; id. Tusc. 1, 31, 76.—
c.
With the negative before the verb:
non vereor, ne quid temere facias,
Cic. Fam. 2, 7, 1; 2, 1, 4:
timere non debeo, ne non iste illā cruce dignus judicetur,
id. Verr. 2, 5, 67, § 171.—
C.
After verbs signifying to avoid, warn, hinder, forbid, refuse (caveo, impedio, resisto, interdico, refuto, rarely veto), instead of the simple object, that not, lest:
qui cavet, ne decipiatur, etc.,
Plaut. Capt. 2, 2, 5:
cavete, judices, ne nova proscriptio instaurata esse videatur,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 53, 153; id. Fam. 3, 12, 4;
v. caveo: casus quidam ne facerem impedivit,
Cic. Fat. 1, 1:
unus ne caperetur urbs causa fuit,
Liv. 34, 39. [p. 1194]
2.
- nĕ (also apocopated n' and only n), interrog. and enclit. part. [weakened from nē]. It simply inquires, without implying either that a negative or an affirmative reply is expected (cf. num, nonne), and emphasizes the word to which it is joined;
which is always, in classic Latin, the first word of the clause (ante- class. after other words: sine dote uxoremne?
Plaut. Trin. 2, 2, 94; 1, 2, 141; id. As. 5, 2, 78; id. Mil. 3, 1, 92). In direct questions it is translated by giving an interrogative form to the sentence; in indirect interrogations by whether.
(α).
In direct interrogations, with indic.:
meministine me in senatu dicere? etc.,
Cic. Cat. 1, 3, 7:
potestne rerum major esse dissensio?
id. Fin. 3, 13, 44:
tune id veritus es?
id. Q. Fr. 1, 3, 1:
jamne vides, belua, jamne sentis? etc.,
id. Pis. 1, 1:
quid, si etiam falsum illud omnino est? tamenne ista tam absurda defendes?
id. N. D. 1, 29, 81; cf. id. Rosc. Am. 15, 44:
quiane auxilio juvat ante levatos?
Verg. A. 4, 538:
tun' te audes Sosiam esse dicere?
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 217:
valuistin?
id. Trin. 1, 2, 12.—After an elided s:
satin habes, si feminarum nulla'st: quam aeque diligam?
Plaut. Am. 1, 3, 11:
pergin autem?
id. ib. 1, 3, 41:
vin commutemus?
id. Trin. 1, 2, 21 al. —
(β).
Esp. with rel. pron.; ellipt.: quemne ego servavi? i. e. do you mean the one whom? etc., Plaut. Mil. 1, 1, 13: quodne vobis placeat, displiceat mihi? can it be that what pleases? etc., id. ib. 3, 1, 19; id. Merc. 3, 3, 12; id. Am. 2, 2, 65;
so quin for quine,
id. Trin. 2, 2, 79 Brix ad loc.; id. Bacch. 2, 3, 98; id. Most. 3, 2, 50 al.—So with ut and si:
utine adveniens vomitum excutias mulieri?
Plaut. Merc. 3, 3, 15; id. Rud. 4, 4, 19:
sin, saluti quod tibi esse censeo, id. consuadeo,
id. Merc. 1, 2, 32.—
(γ).
In indirect interrogations, with subj., whether:
ut videamus, satisne ista sit justa defectio,
Cic. Ac. 1, 12, 43:
Publilius iturusne sit in Africam et quando, ex Aledio scire poteris,
id. Att. 12, 24, 1:
videto vasa, multane sient,
Cato, R. R. 1:
quem imitari possimusne, ipse liber erit indicio,
Varr. L. L. 7, § 4 Müll.; cf. id. ib. 10, § 9.—
(δ).
Sometimes affixed to an interrogative pronoun, Plaut. Cist. 4, 1, 2:
quone malo mentem concussa? Timore deorum,
Hor. S. 2, 3, 295; cf.:
uterne Ad casus dubios fidet sibi certius?
id. ib. 2, 2, 107; and:
illa rogare: Quantane?
id. ib. 2, 3, 317.—
(ε).
-ne is sometimes used for nonne, where an affirmative reply is expected:
misine ego ad te epistulam?
Plaut. Bacch. 3, 6, 22; id. Trin. 1, 2, 92; 99; id. Most. 2, 1, 15:
rectene interpretor sententiam tuam,
Cic. Tusc. 3, 17, 37; id. Fin. 2, 32, 104.—
(ζ).
Rarely = num:
potestne virtus servire?
Cic. de Or. 1, 52, 226:
potesne dicere?
id. Tusc. 1, 27, 67; id. Sen. 16, 56.—
b.
With an, annon, or anne, in the second interrogation, v. an.—With necne, v. neque.—Sometimes pleonastic with utrum, followed by an (mostly anteclass.):
est etiam illa distinctio, utrum illudne non videatur aegre ferendum... an, etc.,
Cic. Tusc. 4, 27, 59:
sed utrum strictimne attonsurum dicam esse an per pectinem, nescio,
Plaut. Capt. 2, 2, 18 Brix ad loc.; id. Most. 3, 1, 151; id. Bacch. 1, 1, 42; cf. Madv. Gram. § 452, obs. 1.—Sometimes, in the second interrogation, ne for an (mostly poet.):
Smyrna quid et Colophon? Majora minorane fama?
Hor. Ep. 1, 11, 3:
ut in incerto fuerit, vicissent victine essent,
Liv. 5, 28, 5:
cum interrogaretur, utrum pluris patrem matremne faceret,
Nep. Iphicr. 3, 4.
3.
nē, interj. (incorrectly written nae), = nai, nê, truly, verily, really, indeed (only joined with pers. pron. ego, tu, and with the demonstratives ille, iste, hic, and their advv.; in class, prose usually with a conditional clause).
I.
In gen.:
ne ego homo infelix fui, Qui non alas intervelli,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 169; cf.:
ne ego haud paulo hunc animum malim quam, etc.,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 42, 99:
ne ego, inquam, si ita est, velim tibi eum placere quam maxime,
id. Brut. 71, 249. So, ne tu, etc., id. Phil. 2, 2, 3; Ter. Eun. 2, 2, 54; Liv. 26, 6, 15: ne ille, Naev. ap. Non. 73, 18 (Trag. Rel. p. 9 v. 40 Rib.); Plaut. Ps. 3, 1, 3; Cic. Cat. 2, 3, 6:
ne iste,
Ter. And. 2, 1, 24; id. Heaut. 4, 1, 8 al.—
II.
Connected with other affirmative particles, as hercle, edepol, mecastor, medius fidius:
ne tu hercle,
Plaut. As. 2, 4, 6; id. Curc. 1, 3, 38: ne ille hercle, id. Bacch. 2, 3, 76:
edepol ne ego,
id. Men. 5, 5, 10:
edepol ne tu,
id. ib. 1, 2, 50:
ne ista edepol,
id. Am. 2, 2, 213:
ne istuc mecastor,
id. Men. 5, 1, 34 (729 Ritschl):
ne ille, medius fidius,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 30, 74; cf.:
medius fidius ne tu,
id. Att. 4, 4, 6, § 2.— Rarely with a pron. poss.:
edepol ne meam operam, etc.,
Ter. Hec. 5, 3, 1. (All passages in which ne stands in classic prose without a pronoun are probably corrupt; cf. Haase in Reisig's Vorles. p. 379 sq.; v. Liv. 26, 31, 10; 34, 4, 16 Weissenb.)

Lewis & Short latin dictionary > -ne
42 n'

1.
nē (old forms nei and ni; v. the foll.), adv. and conj., the primitive Latin negative particle, no, not; whereas the negative particle non is a derivative (v. non init.) [prob. of pronominal origin; cf. the Anglo-Saxon na and ne (Engl. no), whence naht (Engl. not) is derived; Sanscr. na, not].
I.
Adv., with a single word of a proposition (in early Latin): NE MINVS TRINVM NOVNDINVM, not less than, etc., S. C. de Bacch.; cf. with DVM NE MINVS SENATORIBVS C. ADESENT, twice in the same S. C.;
and in the form ni: DVM NI MINVS VIGINTI ADSIENT,
Inscr. Grut. 207, 3. So too:
DVM NE AMPLIOREM MODVM PRATORVM HABEANT QVAM, etc.,
Inscr. Orell. 3121 (Sententia de finibus inter Genuates et Viturios regundis lata A. U. C. 637). So, ne minores (verres) quam semestres, Varr. R. R. 2, 4, 21. In the time of Plautus the usage was unsettled, non and ne being used indifferently for simple negation; cf. Lorenz ad Plaut. Most. 105; Brix ad Plaut. Trin. 1156.—
2.
To this is allied the adverbial use of ne in all periods of the language.
a.
Ne... quidem, applies the negation with emphasis to the word between them, not even:
ne sues quidem id velint, non modo ipse,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 38, 92:
ne in oppidis quidem... ne in fanis quidem,
id. Verr. 2, 4, 1, § 2:
Philippus non item: itaque ne nos quidem,
id. Att. 14, 12, 2:
nulla ne minima quidem aura fluctus commovente,
id. Tusc. 5, 6, 16:
non potest dici satis, ne cogitari quidem, quantum, etc.,
id. Mil. 29, 78:
vita beata, quam ne in deo quidem esse censes, nisi, etc.,
id. N. D. 1, 24, 67:
ut in foro et in judicio... ne non timere quidem sine aliquo timore possimus,
id. Mil. 1, 2:
ne tondere quidem Vellera possunt,
Verg. G. 3, 561;
so after a negative, repeating it with emphasis: non enim praetereundum est ne id quidem,
Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 60, § 155:
nulla species ne excogitari quidem potest ornatior,
id. de Or. 3, 45, 179:
non praetermittam ne illud quidem,
id. Q. Fr. 2, 5, 2:
Caesar negat se ne Graeca quidem meliora legisse,
id. ib. 2, 16, 5:
numquam illum ne minima quidem re offendi,
id. Lael. 27, 103; Liv. 28, 42, 16; but when ne... quidem precedes, the negative of the principal verb is omitted:
sine quā ne intellegi quidem ulla virtus potest,
Cic. Tusc. 2, 13, 31:
neque enim ipsius quidem regis abhorrebat animus,
Liv. 29, 12, 10: ne quidem (with no intervening word), not even (late Lat.), Gai Inst. 1, 67; id. ib. 3, 93.—
b.
In composition, to make an absolute negation of the principal idea. So in neque and nequiquam; also in nescio and nevolo; and in nefas, nefandus, nepus (for non purus), nequeo, neuter, neutiquam; in nemo, nego, nihil, nullus, numquam, and nusquam; and, lastly, with a paragogic c before o: necopinans and neglego; negotium (i. e. nec-lego; nec-otium). —
B.
With a proposition (in all periods of the language, and exclusively),
1.
In imperative sentences, to signify that something must not be done.
(α).
With imper.: SI HOMINEM FVLMEN IOVIS OCCISIT, NE SVPRA GENVA TOLLITOR, let him not be raised, Leg. Reg.: HOMINEM MORTVVM IN VRBE NE SEPELITO NEVE VRITO, Fragm. XII. Tab. ap. Cic. Leg. 2, 23; cf.: MVLIERES GENAS NE RADVNTO NEVE LESSVM FVNERIS ERGO HABENTO, ib.: SI NOLET, ARCERAM NE STERNITO, let him not spread, he need not spread, ib. (cf. Gell. 20, 1, 25):
VECTIGAL INVITEI DARE NEI DEBENTO,
Inscr. Orell. 3121; cf.
art. ni, II.: abi, ne jura: satis credo,
Plaut. Pers. 4, 3, 20; 4, 5, 5:
ah, ne saevi tantopere,
Ter. And. 5, 2, 27:
impius ne audeto placare donis iram deorum,
Cic. Leg. 2, 9, 22:
ne, pueri, ne tanta animis assuescite bella,
Verg. A. 6, 832.—
(β).
With subj.:
ne me moveatis,
Plaut. Mil. 4, 9, 1:
si certum est facere, facias: verum ne post conferas Culpam in me,
Ter. Eun. 2, 3, 96:
si denique veritas extorquebit, ne repugnetis,
Cic. Clu. 2, 6:
ne pudori Sit tibi Musa lyrae sollers,
Hor. A. P. 406.—
2.
In wishes and asseverations: ne id Juppiter Opt. Max. sineret, etc., might Jupiter forbid it! etc., Liv. 4, 2; cf.:
ne istuc Juppiter Opt. Max. sirit, etc.,
id. 28, 28.—With utinam: utinam ne in nemore Pelio securibus Caesa accedisset abiegna ad terram trabes, would that not, Enn. ap. Cic. Top. 16, 61 (Trag. v. 280 Vahl.): utinam ne umquam, Mede Colchis cupido corde pedem extulisses, Enn ap. Non. 297, 18 (Trag. v. 311 ib.):
illud utinam ne vere scriberem!
Cic. Fam. 5, 17, 3; v. utinam.—With si:
ne vivam, si scio,
may I not live, may I die, if I know, Cic. Att. 4, 16, 8:
sed ne vivam, si tibi concedo,
id. Fam. 7, 23, 19:
ne sim salvus, si aliter scribo ac sentio,
id. ib. 16, 13, 1.—
3.
In concessive and restrictive clauses (conceived as softened commands; cf. II. init.).
(α).
In concessions, nemo is, inquies, umquam fuit. Ne fuerit:
ego enim, etc.,
there may not have been; suppose there was not, Cic. Or. 29, 101; cf.:
pugnes omnino, sed cum adversario facili. Ne sit sane: videri certe potest,
id. Ac. 2, 26, 85; 2, 32, 102:
ne sit sane summum malum dolor: malum certe est,
id. Tusc. 2, 5, 14:
ne sint in senectute vires: ne postulantur quidem vires a senectute,
id. Sen. 11, 34:
ne sit igitur sol, ne luna, ne stellae, quoniam nihil esse potest, nisi quod attigimus aut vidimus,
id. N. D. 1, 31, 88; Liv. 31, 7:
nec porro malum, quo aut oppressus jaceas, aut, ne opprimare, mente vix constes?
though you be not crushed; supposing you are not crushed, Cic. Tusc. 4, 17, 39.—
(β).
In restrictive clauses:
sint sane liberales ex sociorum fortunis, sint misericordes in furibus aerarii, ne illi sanguinem nostrum largiantur, etc.,
only let them not; if they only will not, Sall. C. 52, 12. So, dum ne, dummodo ne, modo ne, and dum quidem ne; v. dum and modo: me vero nihil istorum ne juvenem quidem movit umquam: ne nunc senem, much less now I am old = nedum, Cic. Fam. 9, 26, 2; cf.:
vix incedo inanis, ne ire posse cum onere existumes,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 174: scuta si homines inviti dant, etsi ad salutem communem dari sentiunt: ne quem putetis sine maximo dolore argentum caelatum domo protulisse, much less can you suppose, etc., Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 23, § 52; Liv. 3, 52.—
4.
In clauses which denote a purpose or result.
a.
Ut ne, that not, lest, so that not (very rare after the August. period; in Livy only in a few doubtful passages; in Cæsar, Seneca, and Tacitus not at all; v. under II.): quos ego ope meā Pro incertis certos... Dimitto, ut ne res temere tractent turbidas, Enn. ap. Cic. de Or. 1, 45, 199 (Trag v. 189 Vahl.): vestem ut ne inquinet, Plaut. Capt. 2, 2, 17. pergunt turbare usque, ut ne quid possit conquiescere, id. Most. 5, 1, 12:
haec mihi nunc cura est maxima, ut ne cui meae Longinquitas aetatis obstet,
Ter. Hec. 4, 2, 19:
ego, pol, te ulciscar, ut ne impune nos illuseris,
id. Eun. 5, 4, 19:
excitandam esse animadversionem et diligentiam, ut ne quid inconsiderate negligenterque agamus,
Cic. Off. 1, 29, 103:
equidem soleo dare operam, ut de suā quisque re me ipse doceat, et, ut ne quis alius assit, quo, etc.,
id. de Or. 2, 24, 102.—
b.
Ut... ne separated:
quam plurimis de rebus ad me velim scribas, ut prorsus ne quid ignorem,
Cic. Att. 3, 10, 3:
ut causae communi salutique ne deessent,
id. Verr. 2, 4, 63, § 140:
lata lex est, ne auspicia valerent, ut omnibus fastis diebus legem ferri liceret: ut lex Aelia, lex Fufia ne valeret,
id. Sest. 15, 33; id. N. D. 1, 7, 17:
vos orant atque obsecrant, judices, ut in actore causae suae deligendo vestrum judicium ab suo judicio ne discrepet,
id. Div. in Caecil. 4, 14.—
c.
Qui ne, quo ne, and quomodo ne (ante- and post-class. for ut ne):
ego id agam, mihi qui ne detur,
Ter. And. 2, 1, 35:
moxque ad aram, quo ne hostis dolum persentisceret, aversusque a duce assistit,
Dict. Cret. 4, 11: quaeritis maximis sumptibus faciendis, quomodo ne tributa conferatis, Gr. hôs mê, Rutil. Lup. 1, 9.
II.
In the several uses of the adv. ne, described above, the transition to its use to connect clauses is clearly seen (v. esp. I. B. 3. and 4.). In intentional clauses, and after verbs of fearing and avoiding, ne becomes a conjunction.
A.
In intentional clauses for ut ne, that not, lest: nolite, hospites, ad me adire: ilico isti! Ne contagio mea bonis umbrave obsit, approach me not; let not my presence harm you, i. e. lest my presence should harm you, Enn. ap. Cic. Tusc. 3, 12, 26 (Trag. v. 405 Vahl.):
omitto innumerabiles viros, quorum singuli saluti huic civitati fuerunt... ne quis se aut suorum aliquem praetermissum queratur,
Cic. Rep. 1, 1, 1; 1, 7, 12; 1, 5, 9:
Caesarem complexus obsecrare coepit, ne quid gravius in fratrem statueret,
Caes. B. G. 1, 20.—Esp. after verbs expressing forethought, care, etc.:
vide sis, ne quid imprudens ruas,
Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 128:
considera, ne in alienissimum tempus cadat adventus tuus,
Cic. Fam. 15, 14, 4:
Cocceius, vide, ne frustretur,
Cic. Att. 12, 18, 3 et saep.—
B.
After verbs signifying to fear, frighten, etc. (esp. metuo, timeo, vereor, horreo, paveo, terreo, conterreo; also, timor est, metus est, spes est, periculum est), to express the wish that something may not take place; represented in English by that (because in English the particle depends on the idea of fearing, not of wishing):
metuo et timeo, ne hoc tandem propalam flat,
that it will be discovered, Plaut. Mil. 4, 8, 38:
timeo ne malefacta mea sint inventa omnia,
id. Truc. 4, 2, 61:
vereor ne quid Andria apportet mali,
Ter. And. 1, 1, 46:
metuebat ne indicarent,
Cic. Mil. 21, 57:
mater cruciatur et sollicita est, ne filium spoliatum omni dignitate conspiciat,
id. Mur. 41, 88:
hic ne quid mihi prorogetur, horreo,
id. Att. 5, 21, 3:
id paves, ne ducas tu illam, tu autem ut ducas,
Ter. And. 2, 2, 12:
esse metus coepit, ne, etc.,
Ov. M. 7, 715:
terruit gentīs, grave ne rediret Saeculum Pyrrhae,
Hor. C. 1, 2, 5:
non periclumst, nequid recte monstres,
Plaut. Ps. 1, 3, 55:
pavor ceperat milites, ne mortiferum esset vulnus,
Liv. 24, 42 —
b.
When the dependent clause is negative, with non or nihil, that not:
vereor ne exercitum firmum habere non possit,
Cic. Att. 7, 12, 2:
unum vereor ne senatus Pompeium nolit dimittere,
id. ib. 5, 18, 1:
timeo ne non impetrem,
id. ib. 9, 6, 6; id. Tusc. 1, 31, 76.—
c.
With the negative before the verb:
non vereor, ne quid temere facias,
Cic. Fam. 2, 7, 1; 2, 1, 4:
timere non debeo, ne non iste illā cruce dignus judicetur,
id. Verr. 2, 5, 67, § 171.—
C.
After verbs signifying to avoid, warn, hinder, forbid, refuse (caveo, impedio, resisto, interdico, refuto, rarely veto), instead of the simple object, that not, lest:
qui cavet, ne decipiatur, etc.,
Plaut. Capt. 2, 2, 5:
cavete, judices, ne nova proscriptio instaurata esse videatur,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 53, 153; id. Fam. 3, 12, 4;
v. caveo: casus quidam ne facerem impedivit,
Cic. Fat. 1, 1:
unus ne caperetur urbs causa fuit,
Liv. 34, 39. [p. 1194]
2.
- nĕ (also apocopated n' and only n), interrog. and enclit. part. [weakened from nē]. It simply inquires, without implying either that a negative or an affirmative reply is expected (cf. num, nonne), and emphasizes the word to which it is joined;
which is always, in classic Latin, the first word of the clause (ante- class. after other words: sine dote uxoremne?
Plaut. Trin. 2, 2, 94; 1, 2, 141; id. As. 5, 2, 78; id. Mil. 3, 1, 92). In direct questions it is translated by giving an interrogative form to the sentence; in indirect interrogations by whether.
(α).
In direct interrogations, with indic.:
meministine me in senatu dicere? etc.,
Cic. Cat. 1, 3, 7:
potestne rerum major esse dissensio?
id. Fin. 3, 13, 44:
tune id veritus es?
id. Q. Fr. 1, 3, 1:
jamne vides, belua, jamne sentis? etc.,
id. Pis. 1, 1:
quid, si etiam falsum illud omnino est? tamenne ista tam absurda defendes?
id. N. D. 1, 29, 81; cf. id. Rosc. Am. 15, 44:
quiane auxilio juvat ante levatos?
Verg. A. 4, 538:
tun' te audes Sosiam esse dicere?
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 217:
valuistin?
id. Trin. 1, 2, 12.—After an elided s:
satin habes, si feminarum nulla'st: quam aeque diligam?
Plaut. Am. 1, 3, 11:
pergin autem?
id. ib. 1, 3, 41:
vin commutemus?
id. Trin. 1, 2, 21 al. —
(β).
Esp. with rel. pron.; ellipt.: quemne ego servavi? i. e. do you mean the one whom? etc., Plaut. Mil. 1, 1, 13: quodne vobis placeat, displiceat mihi? can it be that what pleases? etc., id. ib. 3, 1, 19; id. Merc. 3, 3, 12; id. Am. 2, 2, 65;
so quin for quine,
id. Trin. 2, 2, 79 Brix ad loc.; id. Bacch. 2, 3, 98; id. Most. 3, 2, 50 al.—So with ut and si:
utine adveniens vomitum excutias mulieri?
Plaut. Merc. 3, 3, 15; id. Rud. 4, 4, 19:
sin, saluti quod tibi esse censeo, id. consuadeo,
id. Merc. 1, 2, 32.—
(γ).
In indirect interrogations, with subj., whether:
ut videamus, satisne ista sit justa defectio,
Cic. Ac. 1, 12, 43:
Publilius iturusne sit in Africam et quando, ex Aledio scire poteris,
id. Att. 12, 24, 1:
videto vasa, multane sient,
Cato, R. R. 1:
quem imitari possimusne, ipse liber erit indicio,
Varr. L. L. 7, § 4 Müll.; cf. id. ib. 10, § 9.—
(δ).
Sometimes affixed to an interrogative pronoun, Plaut. Cist. 4, 1, 2:
quone malo mentem concussa? Timore deorum,
Hor. S. 2, 3, 295; cf.:
uterne Ad casus dubios fidet sibi certius?
id. ib. 2, 2, 107; and:
illa rogare: Quantane?
id. ib. 2, 3, 317.—
(ε).
-ne is sometimes used for nonne, where an affirmative reply is expected:
misine ego ad te epistulam?
Plaut. Bacch. 3, 6, 22; id. Trin. 1, 2, 92; 99; id. Most. 2, 1, 15:
rectene interpretor sententiam tuam,
Cic. Tusc. 3, 17, 37; id. Fin. 2, 32, 104.—
(ζ).
Rarely = num:
potestne virtus servire?
Cic. de Or. 1, 52, 226:
potesne dicere?
id. Tusc. 1, 27, 67; id. Sen. 16, 56.—
b.
With an, annon, or anne, in the second interrogation, v. an.—With necne, v. neque.—Sometimes pleonastic with utrum, followed by an (mostly anteclass.):
est etiam illa distinctio, utrum illudne non videatur aegre ferendum... an, etc.,
Cic. Tusc. 4, 27, 59:
sed utrum strictimne attonsurum dicam esse an per pectinem, nescio,
Plaut. Capt. 2, 2, 18 Brix ad loc.; id. Most. 3, 1, 151; id. Bacch. 1, 1, 42; cf. Madv. Gram. § 452, obs. 1.—Sometimes, in the second interrogation, ne for an (mostly poet.):
Smyrna quid et Colophon? Majora minorane fama?
Hor. Ep. 1, 11, 3:
ut in incerto fuerit, vicissent victine essent,
Liv. 5, 28, 5:
cum interrogaretur, utrum pluris patrem matremne faceret,
Nep. Iphicr. 3, 4.
3.
nē, interj. (incorrectly written nae), = nai, nê, truly, verily, really, indeed (only joined with pers. pron. ego, tu, and with the demonstratives ille, iste, hic, and their advv.; in class, prose usually with a conditional clause).
I.
In gen.:
ne ego homo infelix fui, Qui non alas intervelli,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 169; cf.:
ne ego haud paulo hunc animum malim quam, etc.,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 42, 99:
ne ego, inquam, si ita est, velim tibi eum placere quam maxime,
id. Brut. 71, 249. So, ne tu, etc., id. Phil. 2, 2, 3; Ter. Eun. 2, 2, 54; Liv. 26, 6, 15: ne ille, Naev. ap. Non. 73, 18 (Trag. Rel. p. 9 v. 40 Rib.); Plaut. Ps. 3, 1, 3; Cic. Cat. 2, 3, 6:
ne iste,
Ter. And. 2, 1, 24; id. Heaut. 4, 1, 8 al.—
II.
Connected with other affirmative particles, as hercle, edepol, mecastor, medius fidius:
ne tu hercle,
Plaut. As. 2, 4, 6; id. Curc. 1, 3, 38: ne ille hercle, id. Bacch. 2, 3, 76:
edepol ne ego,
id. Men. 5, 5, 10:
edepol ne tu,
id. ib. 1, 2, 50:
ne ista edepol,
id. Am. 2, 2, 213:
ne istuc mecastor,
id. Men. 5, 1, 34 (729 Ritschl):
ne ille, medius fidius,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 30, 74; cf.:
medius fidius ne tu,
id. Att. 4, 4, 6, § 2.— Rarely with a pron. poss.:
edepol ne meam operam, etc.,
Ter. Hec. 5, 3, 1. (All passages in which ne stands in classic prose without a pronoun are probably corrupt; cf. Haase in Reisig's Vorles. p. 379 sq.; v. Liv. 26, 31, 10; 34, 4, 16 Weissenb.)

Lewis & Short latin dictionary > n'
43 ne

1.
nē (old forms nei and ni; v. the foll.), adv. and conj., the primitive Latin negative particle, no, not; whereas the negative particle non is a derivative (v. non init.) [prob. of pronominal origin; cf. the Anglo-Saxon na and ne (Engl. no), whence naht (Engl. not) is derived; Sanscr. na, not].
I.
Adv., with a single word of a proposition (in early Latin): NE MINVS TRINVM NOVNDINVM, not less than, etc., S. C. de Bacch.; cf. with DVM NE MINVS SENATORIBVS C. ADESENT, twice in the same S. C.;
and in the form ni: DVM NI MINVS VIGINTI ADSIENT,
Inscr. Grut. 207, 3. So too:
DVM NE AMPLIOREM MODVM PRATORVM HABEANT QVAM, etc.,
Inscr. Orell. 3121 (Sententia de finibus inter Genuates et Viturios regundis lata A. U. C. 637). So, ne minores (verres) quam semestres, Varr. R. R. 2, 4, 21. In the time of Plautus the usage was unsettled, non and ne being used indifferently for simple negation; cf. Lorenz ad Plaut. Most. 105; Brix ad Plaut. Trin. 1156.—
2.
To this is allied the adverbial use of ne in all periods of the language.
a.
Ne... quidem, applies the negation with emphasis to the word between them, not even:
ne sues quidem id velint, non modo ipse,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 38, 92:
ne in oppidis quidem... ne in fanis quidem,
id. Verr. 2, 4, 1, § 2:
Philippus non item: itaque ne nos quidem,
id. Att. 14, 12, 2:
nulla ne minima quidem aura fluctus commovente,
id. Tusc. 5, 6, 16:
non potest dici satis, ne cogitari quidem, quantum, etc.,
id. Mil. 29, 78:
vita beata, quam ne in deo quidem esse censes, nisi, etc.,
id. N. D. 1, 24, 67:
ut in foro et in judicio... ne non timere quidem sine aliquo timore possimus,
id. Mil. 1, 2:
ne tondere quidem Vellera possunt,
Verg. G. 3, 561;
so after a negative, repeating it with emphasis: non enim praetereundum est ne id quidem,
Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 60, § 155:
nulla species ne excogitari quidem potest ornatior,
id. de Or. 3, 45, 179:
non praetermittam ne illud quidem,
id. Q. Fr. 2, 5, 2:
Caesar negat se ne Graeca quidem meliora legisse,
id. ib. 2, 16, 5:
numquam illum ne minima quidem re offendi,
id. Lael. 27, 103; Liv. 28, 42, 16; but when ne... quidem precedes, the negative of the principal verb is omitted:
sine quā ne intellegi quidem ulla virtus potest,
Cic. Tusc. 2, 13, 31:
neque enim ipsius quidem regis abhorrebat animus,
Liv. 29, 12, 10: ne quidem (with no intervening word), not even (late Lat.), Gai Inst. 1, 67; id. ib. 3, 93.—
b.
In composition, to make an absolute negation of the principal idea. So in neque and nequiquam; also in nescio and nevolo; and in nefas, nefandus, nepus (for non purus), nequeo, neuter, neutiquam; in nemo, nego, nihil, nullus, numquam, and nusquam; and, lastly, with a paragogic c before o: necopinans and neglego; negotium (i. e. nec-lego; nec-otium). —
B.
With a proposition (in all periods of the language, and exclusively),
1.
In imperative sentences, to signify that something must not be done.
(α).
With imper.: SI HOMINEM FVLMEN IOVIS OCCISIT, NE SVPRA GENVA TOLLITOR, let him not be raised, Leg. Reg.: HOMINEM MORTVVM IN VRBE NE SEPELITO NEVE VRITO, Fragm. XII. Tab. ap. Cic. Leg. 2, 23; cf.: MVLIERES GENAS NE RADVNTO NEVE LESSVM FVNERIS ERGO HABENTO, ib.: SI NOLET, ARCERAM NE STERNITO, let him not spread, he need not spread, ib. (cf. Gell. 20, 1, 25):
VECTIGAL INVITEI DARE NEI DEBENTO,
Inscr. Orell. 3121; cf.
art. ni, II.: abi, ne jura: satis credo,
Plaut. Pers. 4, 3, 20; 4, 5, 5:
ah, ne saevi tantopere,
Ter. And. 5, 2, 27:
impius ne audeto placare donis iram deorum,
Cic. Leg. 2, 9, 22:
ne, pueri, ne tanta animis assuescite bella,
Verg. A. 6, 832.—
(β).
With subj.:
ne me moveatis,
Plaut. Mil. 4, 9, 1:
si certum est facere, facias: verum ne post conferas Culpam in me,
Ter. Eun. 2, 3, 96:
si denique veritas extorquebit, ne repugnetis,
Cic. Clu. 2, 6:
ne pudori Sit tibi Musa lyrae sollers,
Hor. A. P. 406.—
2.
In wishes and asseverations: ne id Juppiter Opt. Max. sineret, etc., might Jupiter forbid it! etc., Liv. 4, 2; cf.:
ne istuc Juppiter Opt. Max. sirit, etc.,
id. 28, 28.—With utinam: utinam ne in nemore Pelio securibus Caesa accedisset abiegna ad terram trabes, would that not, Enn. ap. Cic. Top. 16, 61 (Trag. v. 280 Vahl.): utinam ne umquam, Mede Colchis cupido corde pedem extulisses, Enn ap. Non. 297, 18 (Trag. v. 311 ib.):
illud utinam ne vere scriberem!
Cic. Fam. 5, 17, 3; v. utinam.—With si:
ne vivam, si scio,
may I not live, may I die, if I know, Cic. Att. 4, 16, 8:
sed ne vivam, si tibi concedo,
id. Fam. 7, 23, 19:
ne sim salvus, si aliter scribo ac sentio,
id. ib. 16, 13, 1.—
3.
In concessive and restrictive clauses (conceived as softened commands; cf. II. init.).
(α).
In concessions, nemo is, inquies, umquam fuit. Ne fuerit:
ego enim, etc.,
there may not have been; suppose there was not, Cic. Or. 29, 101; cf.:
pugnes omnino, sed cum adversario facili. Ne sit sane: videri certe potest,
id. Ac. 2, 26, 85; 2, 32, 102:
ne sit sane summum malum dolor: malum certe est,
id. Tusc. 2, 5, 14:
ne sint in senectute vires: ne postulantur quidem vires a senectute,
id. Sen. 11, 34:
ne sit igitur sol, ne luna, ne stellae, quoniam nihil esse potest, nisi quod attigimus aut vidimus,
id. N. D. 1, 31, 88; Liv. 31, 7:
nec porro malum, quo aut oppressus jaceas, aut, ne opprimare, mente vix constes?
though you be not crushed; supposing you are not crushed, Cic. Tusc. 4, 17, 39.—
(β).
In restrictive clauses:
sint sane liberales ex sociorum fortunis, sint misericordes in furibus aerarii, ne illi sanguinem nostrum largiantur, etc.,
only let them not; if they only will not, Sall. C. 52, 12. So, dum ne, dummodo ne, modo ne, and dum quidem ne; v. dum and modo: me vero nihil istorum ne juvenem quidem movit umquam: ne nunc senem, much less now I am old = nedum, Cic. Fam. 9, 26, 2; cf.:
vix incedo inanis, ne ire posse cum onere existumes,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 174: scuta si homines inviti dant, etsi ad salutem communem dari sentiunt: ne quem putetis sine maximo dolore argentum caelatum domo protulisse, much less can you suppose, etc., Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 23, § 52; Liv. 3, 52.—
4.
In clauses which denote a purpose or result.
a.
Ut ne, that not, lest, so that not (very rare after the August. period; in Livy only in a few doubtful passages; in Cæsar, Seneca, and Tacitus not at all; v. under II.): quos ego ope meā Pro incertis certos... Dimitto, ut ne res temere tractent turbidas, Enn. ap. Cic. de Or. 1, 45, 199 (Trag v. 189 Vahl.): vestem ut ne inquinet, Plaut. Capt. 2, 2, 17. pergunt turbare usque, ut ne quid possit conquiescere, id. Most. 5, 1, 12:
haec mihi nunc cura est maxima, ut ne cui meae Longinquitas aetatis obstet,
Ter. Hec. 4, 2, 19:
ego, pol, te ulciscar, ut ne impune nos illuseris,
id. Eun. 5, 4, 19:
excitandam esse animadversionem et diligentiam, ut ne quid inconsiderate negligenterque agamus,
Cic. Off. 1, 29, 103:
equidem soleo dare operam, ut de suā quisque re me ipse doceat, et, ut ne quis alius assit, quo, etc.,
id. de Or. 2, 24, 102.—
b.
Ut... ne separated:
quam plurimis de rebus ad me velim scribas, ut prorsus ne quid ignorem,
Cic. Att. 3, 10, 3:
ut causae communi salutique ne deessent,
id. Verr. 2, 4, 63, § 140:
lata lex est, ne auspicia valerent, ut omnibus fastis diebus legem ferri liceret: ut lex Aelia, lex Fufia ne valeret,
id. Sest. 15, 33; id. N. D. 1, 7, 17:
vos orant atque obsecrant, judices, ut in actore causae suae deligendo vestrum judicium ab suo judicio ne discrepet,
id. Div. in Caecil. 4, 14.—
c.
Qui ne, quo ne, and quomodo ne (ante- and post-class. for ut ne):
ego id agam, mihi qui ne detur,
Ter. And. 2, 1, 35:
moxque ad aram, quo ne hostis dolum persentisceret, aversusque a duce assistit,
Dict. Cret. 4, 11: quaeritis maximis sumptibus faciendis, quomodo ne tributa conferatis, Gr. hôs mê, Rutil. Lup. 1, 9.
II.
In the several uses of the adv. ne, described above, the transition to its use to connect clauses is clearly seen (v. esp. I. B. 3. and 4.). In intentional clauses, and after verbs of fearing and avoiding, ne becomes a conjunction.
A.
In intentional clauses for ut ne, that not, lest: nolite, hospites, ad me adire: ilico isti! Ne contagio mea bonis umbrave obsit, approach me not; let not my presence harm you, i. e. lest my presence should harm you, Enn. ap. Cic. Tusc. 3, 12, 26 (Trag. v. 405 Vahl.):
omitto innumerabiles viros, quorum singuli saluti huic civitati fuerunt... ne quis se aut suorum aliquem praetermissum queratur,
Cic. Rep. 1, 1, 1; 1, 7, 12; 1, 5, 9:
Caesarem complexus obsecrare coepit, ne quid gravius in fratrem statueret,
Caes. B. G. 1, 20.—Esp. after verbs expressing forethought, care, etc.:
vide sis, ne quid imprudens ruas,
Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 128:
considera, ne in alienissimum tempus cadat adventus tuus,
Cic. Fam. 15, 14, 4:
Cocceius, vide, ne frustretur,
Cic. Att. 12, 18, 3 et saep.—
B.
After verbs signifying to fear, frighten, etc. (esp. metuo, timeo, vereor, horreo, paveo, terreo, conterreo; also, timor est, metus est, spes est, periculum est), to express the wish that something may not take place; represented in English by that (because in English the particle depends on the idea of fearing, not of wishing):
metuo et timeo, ne hoc tandem propalam flat,
that it will be discovered, Plaut. Mil. 4, 8, 38:
timeo ne malefacta mea sint inventa omnia,
id. Truc. 4, 2, 61:
vereor ne quid Andria apportet mali,
Ter. And. 1, 1, 46:
metuebat ne indicarent,
Cic. Mil. 21, 57:
mater cruciatur et sollicita est, ne filium spoliatum omni dignitate conspiciat,
id. Mur. 41, 88:
hic ne quid mihi prorogetur, horreo,
id. Att. 5, 21, 3:
id paves, ne ducas tu illam, tu autem ut ducas,
Ter. And. 2, 2, 12:
esse metus coepit, ne, etc.,
Ov. M. 7, 715:
terruit gentīs, grave ne rediret Saeculum Pyrrhae,
Hor. C. 1, 2, 5:
non periclumst, nequid recte monstres,
Plaut. Ps. 1, 3, 55:
pavor ceperat milites, ne mortiferum esset vulnus,
Liv. 24, 42 —
b.
When the dependent clause is negative, with non or nihil, that not:
vereor ne exercitum firmum habere non possit,
Cic. Att. 7, 12, 2:
unum vereor ne senatus Pompeium nolit dimittere,
id. ib. 5, 18, 1:
timeo ne non impetrem,
id. ib. 9, 6, 6; id. Tusc. 1, 31, 76.—
c.
With the negative before the verb:
non vereor, ne quid temere facias,
Cic. Fam. 2, 7, 1; 2, 1, 4:
timere non debeo, ne non iste illā cruce dignus judicetur,
id. Verr. 2, 5, 67, § 171.—
C.
After verbs signifying to avoid, warn, hinder, forbid, refuse (caveo, impedio, resisto, interdico, refuto, rarely veto), instead of the simple object, that not, lest:
qui cavet, ne decipiatur, etc.,
Plaut. Capt. 2, 2, 5:
cavete, judices, ne nova proscriptio instaurata esse videatur,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 53, 153; id. Fam. 3, 12, 4;
v. caveo: casus quidam ne facerem impedivit,
Cic. Fat. 1, 1:
unus ne caperetur urbs causa fuit,
Liv. 34, 39. [p. 1194]
2.
- nĕ (also apocopated n' and only n), interrog. and enclit. part. [weakened from nē]. It simply inquires, without implying either that a negative or an affirmative reply is expected (cf. num, nonne), and emphasizes the word to which it is joined;
which is always, in classic Latin, the first word of the clause (ante- class. after other words: sine dote uxoremne?
Plaut. Trin. 2, 2, 94; 1, 2, 141; id. As. 5, 2, 78; id. Mil. 3, 1, 92). In direct questions it is translated by giving an interrogative form to the sentence; in indirect interrogations by whether.
(α).
In direct interrogations, with indic.:
meministine me in senatu dicere? etc.,
Cic. Cat. 1, 3, 7:
potestne rerum major esse dissensio?
id. Fin. 3, 13, 44:
tune id veritus es?
id. Q. Fr. 1, 3, 1:
jamne vides, belua, jamne sentis? etc.,
id. Pis. 1, 1:
quid, si etiam falsum illud omnino est? tamenne ista tam absurda defendes?
id. N. D. 1, 29, 81; cf. id. Rosc. Am. 15, 44:
quiane auxilio juvat ante levatos?
Verg. A. 4, 538:
tun' te audes Sosiam esse dicere?
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 217:
valuistin?
id. Trin. 1, 2, 12.—After an elided s:
satin habes, si feminarum nulla'st: quam aeque diligam?
Plaut. Am. 1, 3, 11:
pergin autem?
id. ib. 1, 3, 41:
vin commutemus?
id. Trin. 1, 2, 21 al. —
(β).
Esp. with rel. pron.; ellipt.: quemne ego servavi? i. e. do you mean the one whom? etc., Plaut. Mil. 1, 1, 13: quodne vobis placeat, displiceat mihi? can it be that what pleases? etc., id. ib. 3, 1, 19; id. Merc. 3, 3, 12; id. Am. 2, 2, 65;
so quin for quine,
id. Trin. 2, 2, 79 Brix ad loc.; id. Bacch. 2, 3, 98; id. Most. 3, 2, 50 al.—So with ut and si:
utine adveniens vomitum excutias mulieri?
Plaut. Merc. 3, 3, 15; id. Rud. 4, 4, 19:
sin, saluti quod tibi esse censeo, id. consuadeo,
id. Merc. 1, 2, 32.—
(γ).
In indirect interrogations, with subj., whether:
ut videamus, satisne ista sit justa defectio,
Cic. Ac. 1, 12, 43:
Publilius iturusne sit in Africam et quando, ex Aledio scire poteris,
id. Att. 12, 24, 1:
videto vasa, multane sient,
Cato, R. R. 1:
quem imitari possimusne, ipse liber erit indicio,
Varr. L. L. 7, § 4 Müll.; cf. id. ib. 10, § 9.—
(δ).
Sometimes affixed to an interrogative pronoun, Plaut. Cist. 4, 1, 2:
quone malo mentem concussa? Timore deorum,
Hor. S. 2, 3, 295; cf.:
uterne Ad casus dubios fidet sibi certius?
id. ib. 2, 2, 107; and:
illa rogare: Quantane?
id. ib. 2, 3, 317.—
(ε).
-ne is sometimes used for nonne, where an affirmative reply is expected:
misine ego ad te epistulam?
Plaut. Bacch. 3, 6, 22; id. Trin. 1, 2, 92; 99; id. Most. 2, 1, 15:
rectene interpretor sententiam tuam,
Cic. Tusc. 3, 17, 37; id. Fin. 2, 32, 104.—
(ζ).
Rarely = num:
potestne virtus servire?
Cic. de Or. 1, 52, 226:
potesne dicere?
id. Tusc. 1, 27, 67; id. Sen. 16, 56.—
b.
With an, annon, or anne, in the second interrogation, v. an.—With necne, v. neque.—Sometimes pleonastic with utrum, followed by an (mostly anteclass.):
est etiam illa distinctio, utrum illudne non videatur aegre ferendum... an, etc.,
Cic. Tusc. 4, 27, 59:
sed utrum strictimne attonsurum dicam esse an per pectinem, nescio,
Plaut. Capt. 2, 2, 18 Brix ad loc.; id. Most. 3, 1, 151; id. Bacch. 1, 1, 42; cf. Madv. Gram. § 452, obs. 1.—Sometimes, in the second interrogation, ne for an (mostly poet.):
Smyrna quid et Colophon? Majora minorane fama?
Hor. Ep. 1, 11, 3:
ut in incerto fuerit, vicissent victine essent,
Liv. 5, 28, 5:
cum interrogaretur, utrum pluris patrem matremne faceret,
Nep. Iphicr. 3, 4.
3.
nē, interj. (incorrectly written nae), = nai, nê, truly, verily, really, indeed (only joined with pers. pron. ego, tu, and with the demonstratives ille, iste, hic, and their advv.; in class, prose usually with a conditional clause).
I.
In gen.:
ne ego homo infelix fui, Qui non alas intervelli,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 169; cf.:
ne ego haud paulo hunc animum malim quam, etc.,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 42, 99:
ne ego, inquam, si ita est, velim tibi eum placere quam maxime,
id. Brut. 71, 249. So, ne tu, etc., id. Phil. 2, 2, 3; Ter. Eun. 2, 2, 54; Liv. 26, 6, 15: ne ille, Naev. ap. Non. 73, 18 (Trag. Rel. p. 9 v. 40 Rib.); Plaut. Ps. 3, 1, 3; Cic. Cat. 2, 3, 6:
ne iste,
Ter. And. 2, 1, 24; id. Heaut. 4, 1, 8 al.—
II.
Connected with other affirmative particles, as hercle, edepol, mecastor, medius fidius:
ne tu hercle,
Plaut. As. 2, 4, 6; id. Curc. 1, 3, 38: ne ille hercle, id. Bacch. 2, 3, 76:
edepol ne ego,
id. Men. 5, 5, 10:
edepol ne tu,
id. ib. 1, 2, 50:
ne ista edepol,
id. Am. 2, 2, 213:
ne istuc mecastor,
id. Men. 5, 1, 34 (729 Ritschl):
ne ille, medius fidius,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 30, 74; cf.:
medius fidius ne tu,
id. Att. 4, 4, 6, § 2.— Rarely with a pron. poss.:
edepol ne meam operam, etc.,
Ter. Hec. 5, 3, 1. (All passages in which ne stands in classic prose without a pronoun are probably corrupt; cf. Haase in Reisig's Vorles. p. 379 sq.; v. Liv. 26, 31, 10; 34, 4, 16 Weissenb.)

Lewis & Short latin dictionary > ne
44 sammeln

I v/t

1. (Münzen, Spenden, Altpapier etc.) collect; (Holz) gather; (Beeren, Pilze etc.) auch pick; (Pflanzen) botanize; (Kräuter) herborize; (Wählerstimmen) canvass for

2. (versammeln) gather; versprengte Truppen sammeln rally scattered troops; Anhänger etc. um sich sammeln gather supporters etc. around one

3. (Erfahrungen, Material etc.) gather; (Informationen) collect, gather; Reichtümer sammeln accumulate wealth ( oder riches); Kenntnisse sammeln store knowledge; seine Gedanken sammeln collect ( oder gather) one’s thoughts; gesammelt

II v/refl

1. (sich ansammeln) gather, accumulate, collect; OPT. focus

2. (sich versammeln) assemble, meet

3. (sich konzentrieren) collect ( oder gather) one’s thoughts; (sich fassen) compose o.s.; ich muss mich erst ein wenig sammeln I need to gather my thoughts a bit first

III v/i (Geld sammeln) collect money; für jemanden: auch pass the hat (a)round

* * *

das Sammeln

gathering; collection; collection

* * *
sạm|meln ['zamln]
1. vt
to collect; Holz, Ähren, Fakten, Material, Erfahrungen auch to gather; Blumen, Pilze etc to pick, to gather; Truppen, Anhänger to gather, to assemble
neue Kräfte sammeln — to build up one's energy again

seine Gedanken sammeln — to collect one's thoughts

Punkte sammeln (Sport, fig) — to score points

2. vr

1) (= zusammenkommen) to gather, to collect; (Menschenmenge) to gather; (= sich anhäufen Wasser, Geld etc) to collect, to accumulate; (Lichtstrahlen) to converge, to meet

2) (= sich konzentrieren) to collect or compose oneself or one's thoughts

See:

→ auch gesammelt

3. vi
to collect ( für for)
* * *

1) (to collect or pick up small amounts of news, facts etc.) glean

2) (to bring or come together; to gather: People are collecting in front of the house; I collect stamps; I'm collecting (money) for cancer research; He's trying to collect his thoughts.) collect

3) (to collect or get: He gathered strawberries from the garden; to gather information.) gather

* * *

sam·meln

[ˈzaml̩n]

I. vt

1. (pflücken)

▪ etw \sammeln to pick [or gather] sth

2. (aufsammeln)

▪ etw \sammeln to gather sth

etw von der Erde \sammeln to pick up sth sep [off the ground]

3. (ansammeln)

▪ etw \sammeln to collect sth

4. (einsammeln)

▪ etw \sammeln to collect sth [in]

5. (zusammentragen)

▪ etw \sammeln to gather sth [in]

Belege \sammeln to retain [or keep] receipts

6. (um sich scharen)

▪ jdn [um sich akk] \sammeln to gather [or assemble] sb

Truppen \sammeln to gather [or assemble] [or rally] troops

7. (aufspeichern)

▪ etw \sammeln to gain [or acquire] sth

Erinnerungen \sammeln to gather memories

II. vr

1. (zusammenkommen)

▪ sich akk [an etw dat/auf etw dat/vor etw dat] \sammeln to assemble [at/on/in front of sth]

2. (sich anhäufen)

▪ sich akk in etw dat \sammeln to collect [or accumulate] in sth

3. (geh: sich konzentrieren)

▪ sich akk \sammeln to collect [or compose] one's thoughts [or oneself

III. vi

▪ [für jdn/etw] \sammeln to collect [for sb/sth]

* * *
1.
transitives (auch intransitives) Verb collect; gather <honey, firewood, material, experiences, impressions, etc.>; gather, pick <berries, herbs, mushrooms, etc.>; gather < people> [together]; assemble < people>; cause < light rays> to converge

gesammelte Werke — collected works
2.
reflexives Verb

1) gather [together]; < light rays> converge

sich um jemanden/etwas sammeln — gather round somebody/something

2) (sich konzentrieren) collect oneself; gather oneself together

* * *

sammeln

A. v/t

1. (Münzen, Spenden, Altpapier etc) collect; (Holz) gather; (Beeren, Pilze etc) auch pick; (Pflanzen) botanize; (Kräuter) herborize; (Wählerstimmen) canvass for

2. (versammeln) gather;

versprengte Truppen sammeln rally scattered troops;

Anhänger etc

um sich sammeln gather supporters etc around one

3. (Erfahrungen, Material etc) gather; (Informationen) collect, gather;

Reichtümer sammeln accumulate wealth ( oder riches);

Kenntnisse sammeln store knowledge;

seine Gedanken sammeln collect ( oder gather) one’s thoughts; → gesammelt

B. v/r

1. (sich ansammeln) gather, accumulate, collect; OPT focus

2. (sich versammeln) assemble, meet

3. (sich konzentrieren) collect ( oder gather) one’s thoughts; (sich fassen) compose o.s.;

ich muss mich erst ein wenig sammeln I need to gather my thoughts a bit first

C. v/i (Geld sammeln) collect money; für jemanden: auch pass the hat (a)round

* * *
1.
transitives (auch intransitives) Verb collect; gather <honey, firewood, material, experiences, impressions, etc.>; gather, pick <berries, herbs, mushrooms, etc.>; gather < people> [together]; assemble < people>; cause < light rays> to converge

gesammelte Werke — collected works
2.
reflexives Verb

1) gather [together]; < light rays> converge

sich um jemanden/etwas sammeln — gather round somebody/something

2) (sich konzentrieren) collect oneself; gather oneself together

* * *

n.

gathering n.

Deutsch-Englisch Wörterbuch > sammeln
45 aumentar

v.

1 to increase, to rise.

aumentar la producción to increase production

la lente aumenta la imagen the lens magnifies the image

me han aumentado el sueldo my salary has been raised

aumentó casi 10 kilos he put on almost 10 kilos

aumentar de peso/tamaño to increase in weight/size

aumentar de precio to go up o increase in price

el desempleo aumentó en un 4 por ciento unemployment rose o increased by 4 percent

El ejercicio aumenta el apetito Exercising increases the appetite.

Aumentaron los gastos The expenses increased.

Nos aumentaron las ganancias este año Our profits increased this year.

2 to magnify, to amplify.

El reportero aumentó la noticia The reporter magnified the news story.

3 to enlarge.

Vamos a aumentar la casa We will enlarge the house.

4 to raise, to improve.

El movimiento aumentó la temperatura Movement raised the temperature.

5 to increase the size of, to enlarge.

* * *

aumentar

► verbo transitivo

1 to augment, increase (precios) to put up; (producción) to step up

2 (óptica) to magnify

3 (fotos) to enlarge

4 (sonido) to amplify

► verbo intransitivo

1 to rise, go up

► verbo pronominal aumentarse

1 to increase, be on the increase (precios) to go up, rise

* * *

verb

1) to increase

2) raise

* * *

1. VT

1) [+ tamaño] to increase; (Fot) to enlarge; (Ópt) to magnify

2) [+ cantidad] to increase; [+ precio] to increase, put up; [+ producción] to increase, step up

me van a aumentar el sueldo — they are going to increase o raise my salary

no aumentes la velocidad todavía — don't speed up yet

esto aumentó el número de parados — this swelled the numbers of the unemployed

3) [+ intensidad] to increase

su dimisión ha aumentado la tensión política — his resignation has increased political tension

estas pastillas pueden aumentar las molestias — these tablets can make the problem worse

4) (Elec, Radio) to amplify

2. VI

1) [tamaño] to increase

2) [cantidad, precio, producción] to increase, go up

las temperaturas aumentarán mañana — temperatures will rise tomorrow

el número de asesinatos ha aumentado en 200 — the number of killings has increased o gone up by 200

este semestre aumentó la inflación en un 2% — inflation has increased o gone up by 2% over the last 6 months

3) [intensidad] to increase

el calor aumenta por la tarde — the heat increases in the afternoon

su popularidad ha aumentado — his popularity has increased o risen

la crispación política aumenta por momentos — political tension is increasing o rising by the moment

4)

aumentar de — to increase in

aumentar de peso — [objeto] to increase in weight; [persona] to put on o gain weight

aumentar de tamaño — to increase in size

* * *
1.
verbo transitivo

a) <precio/sueldo> to increase, raise; <cantidad/velocidad/tamaño> to increase; <producción/dosis> to increase, step up; dolor/miedo/tensión to increase

el microscopio aumenta la imagen — the microscope enlarges o magnifies the image

b) < puntos> ( en tejido) to increase
2.
aumentar vi temperatura/presión to rise; velocidad to increase; precio/producción/valor to increase, rise

el niño aumentó 500 gramos — the child put on o gained 500 grams

su popularidad ha aumentado — his popularity has grown

aumentará el frío — it will become colder

aumentar de algo — de volumen/tamaño to increase in something

aumentó de peso — he put on o gained weight

* * *

= accelerate, augment, become + large, enhance, enlarge, escalate, expand, grow + larger, increase, raise, rise, strengthen, accentuate, grow, add to, deepen, mushroom, intensify, wax, swell, pump up, bump up, step up, spike, crank up, ramp up, move it up + a gear, notch it up + a gear, take it up + a gear, take it up + a notch, crank it up + a notch, crank it up + a gear, move it up + a notch, ratchet up, amp up, turn up.

Ex. In recent years, the pace of change has accelerated with the introduction of on-line information retrieval.

Ex. These sources which form the basis of the intellectual selection of terms may be augmented by the machine selection of terms.

Ex. If the number of categories becomes large, cross-references will be necessary between individual files.

Ex. An introduction explaining the nature and scope of the indexing language will enhance its value.

Ex. Here entry is made under the original author of an edition that has been revised, enlarged, updated, condensed, and so on by another person.

Ex. Over the past two to three years the numbers of full text data bases and data banks has started to escalate considerably.

Ex. As the quantity of knowledge expands the need to organise it becomes more pressing.

Ex. As the system grows larger it's more difficult to maintain that control.

Ex. Recall is inversely proportional to precision, and vice versa, or in other words, as one increases, the other must decrease.

Ex. The speaker said that James estimated people function at only 20% of their capacity, and concluded that they could raise this percentage considerable if they knew how to manage their time more efficiently.

Ex. If suppliers are forced out of business, there will be less software to lend and prices will rise with the lack of competition.

Ex. He proposes a research agenda that could strengthen archival appraisal and the profession's ability to document society.

Ex. However, future trends may tend to accentuate this division.

Ex. No true reader can be expected to grow on a diet of prescribed texts only regardless of how well chosen they are.

Ex. In addition, Britain has one of the most extensive bodies of legislation in the world, which is added to daily and encrusted with myriad rules and regulations.

Ex. One of the effects of reading in children is that their appreciation of the processes and function of literature is deepened.

Ex. The use of electronic mail systems has mushroomed in the last 5 years in industrialised nations.

Ex. Whilst these achievements are commendable, there is a catch in them -- there can be used to 'intensify' the economic exploitation of women.

Ex. The population waxed again slightly, then waned again, until it finally stabilized around its present 55,000.

Ex. Reference work has been ill-served in the past by its expositors and theoreticians: its extensive literature of several hundred papers and books is swollen by a mass of the transient and the trivial.

Ex. The article ' Pump up the program...' identifies the costs and benefits of undertaking a software upgrade.

Ex. Most librarians will admit that they could probably increase the use made of their lending libraries and bump up their annual loans by stocking more romances and thrillers and fewer serious novels, but they do not do this.

Ex. The intensity of marketing to schools and parents will have to be stepped up by publishers if they are to succeed in the more competitive market.

Ex. Baby boomers are desperately trying to hold onto their salad days -- plastic surgery, vitamins and drugs like Viagra have spiked in public demand.

Ex. Refiners are cranking up diesel output to meet rising global demand.

Ex. EGND has hit a home run with the introduction of a new product line, increasing sales projections, and ramping up production schedules.

Ex. Liverpool and Chelsea are grabbing all the headlines, but Arsenal have quietly moved it up a gear scoring 10 goals in their last three league games.

Ex. Start gently, ease yourself in by breaking the workout down into three one minute sessions until you are ready to notch it up a gear and join them together.

Ex. There was not much to separate the sides in the first ten minutes however Arsenal took it up a gear and got the goal but not without a bit of luck.

Ex. We have a good time together and we're good friends.. but I'd like to take it up a notch.

Ex. David quickly comprehended our project needs and then cranked it up a notch with impactful design.

Ex. Went for a bike ride with a mate last week, no problems so will crank it up a gear and tackle some hills in the next few weeks.

Ex. After a regular walking routine is established, why not move it up a notch and start jogging, if you haven't already.

Ex. The health department has ratcheted up efforts to prevent or slow down the spread of swine flu in schools.

Ex. In order to gain strength fast, you need to immediately begin amping up your strength thermostat in your mind.

Ex. Cytokines are small proteins used to communicate messages between the immune cells in the immune system to either turn up or down the immune response.

----

* aumentar de importancia = grow in + importance, grow in + significance.

* aumentar de tamaño = grow in + size, grow + larger, increase in + size.

* aumentar de valor = increase in + value.

* aumentar el conocimiento = expand + Posesivo + knowledge, deepen + awareness.

* aumentar el control = tighten (up) + control.

* aumentar el esfuerzo = increase + effort.

* aumentar el precio = mark up + price, jack up + the price.

* aumentar el presupuesto = add + monies to + budget.

* aumentar en cantidad = increase in + quantity.

* aumentar en número = grow in + numbers, increase in + numbers.

* aumentar en variedad = grow in + kind.

* aumentar la confusión = add to + the confusion.

* aumentar la experiencia = deepen + experience.

* aumentar la productividad = increase + productivity, boost + Posesivo + productivity.

* aumentar las diferencias entre... y = widen + the gap between... and.

* aumentar las posibilidades = increase + the odds.

* aumentar las probabilidades = shorten + the odds.

* aumentar las ventas = boost + sales.

* aumentar la velocidad = grow + faster.

* aumentar los costes = cost + rise.

* aumentar los impuestos = increase + taxes.

* aumentar los ingresos = boost + Posesivo + income.

* aumentar rápidamente = snowball.

* crisis + aumentar = crisis + deepen.

* estar aumentando = be on the increase.

* * *
1.
verbo transitivo

a) <precio/sueldo> to increase, raise; <cantidad/velocidad/tamaño> to increase; <producción/dosis> to increase, step up; dolor/miedo/tensión to increase

el microscopio aumenta la imagen — the microscope enlarges o magnifies the image

b) < puntos> ( en tejido) to increase
2.
aumentar vi temperatura/presión to rise; velocidad to increase; precio/producción/valor to increase, rise

el niño aumentó 500 gramos — the child put on o gained 500 grams

su popularidad ha aumentado — his popularity has grown

aumentará el frío — it will become colder

aumentar de algo — de volumen/tamaño to increase in something

aumentó de peso — he put on o gained weight

* * *

= accelerate, augment, become + large, enhance, enlarge, escalate, expand, grow + larger, increase, raise, rise, strengthen, accentuate, grow, add to, deepen, mushroom, intensify, wax, swell, pump up, bump up, step up, spike, crank up, ramp up, move it up + a gear, notch it up + a gear, take it up + a gear, take it up + a notch, crank it up + a notch, crank it up + a gear, move it up + a notch, ratchet up, amp up, turn up.

Ex: In recent years, the pace of change has accelerated with the introduction of on-line information retrieval.

Ex: These sources which form the basis of the intellectual selection of terms may be augmented by the machine selection of terms.

Ex: If the number of categories becomes large, cross-references will be necessary between individual files.

Ex: An introduction explaining the nature and scope of the indexing language will enhance its value.

Ex: Here entry is made under the original author of an edition that has been revised, enlarged, updated, condensed, and so on by another person.

Ex: Over the past two to three years the numbers of full text data bases and data banks has started to escalate considerably.

Ex: As the quantity of knowledge expands the need to organise it becomes more pressing.

Ex: As the system grows larger it's more difficult to maintain that control.

Ex: Recall is inversely proportional to precision, and vice versa, or in other words, as one increases, the other must decrease.

Ex: The speaker said that James estimated people function at only 20% of their capacity, and concluded that they could raise this percentage considerable if they knew how to manage their time more efficiently.

Ex: If suppliers are forced out of business, there will be less software to lend and prices will rise with the lack of competition.

Ex: He proposes a research agenda that could strengthen archival appraisal and the profession's ability to document society.

Ex: However, future trends may tend to accentuate this division.

Ex: No true reader can be expected to grow on a diet of prescribed texts only regardless of how well chosen they are.

Ex: In addition, Britain has one of the most extensive bodies of legislation in the world, which is added to daily and encrusted with myriad rules and regulations.

Ex: One of the effects of reading in children is that their appreciation of the processes and function of literature is deepened.

Ex: The use of electronic mail systems has mushroomed in the last 5 years in industrialised nations.

Ex: Whilst these achievements are commendable, there is a catch in them -- there can be used to 'intensify' the economic exploitation of women.

Ex: The population waxed again slightly, then waned again, until it finally stabilized around its present 55,000.

Ex: Reference work has been ill-served in the past by its expositors and theoreticians: its extensive literature of several hundred papers and books is swollen by a mass of the transient and the trivial.

Ex: The article ' Pump up the program...' identifies the costs and benefits of undertaking a software upgrade.

Ex: Most librarians will admit that they could probably increase the use made of their lending libraries and bump up their annual loans by stocking more romances and thrillers and fewer serious novels, but they do not do this.

Ex: The intensity of marketing to schools and parents will have to be stepped up by publishers if they are to succeed in the more competitive market.

Ex: Baby boomers are desperately trying to hold onto their salad days -- plastic surgery, vitamins and drugs like Viagra have spiked in public demand.

Ex: Refiners are cranking up diesel output to meet rising global demand.

Ex: EGND has hit a home run with the introduction of a new product line, increasing sales projections, and ramping up production schedules.

Ex: Liverpool and Chelsea are grabbing all the headlines, but Arsenal have quietly moved it up a gear scoring 10 goals in their last three league games.

Ex: Start gently, ease yourself in by breaking the workout down into three one minute sessions until you are ready to notch it up a gear and join them together.

Ex: There was not much to separate the sides in the first ten minutes however Arsenal took it up a gear and got the goal but not without a bit of luck.

Ex: We have a good time together and we're good friends.. but I'd like to take it up a notch.

Ex: David quickly comprehended our project needs and then cranked it up a notch with impactful design.

Ex: Went for a bike ride with a mate last week, no problems so will crank it up a gear and tackle some hills in the next few weeks.

Ex: After a regular walking routine is established, why not move it up a notch and start jogging, if you haven't already.

Ex: The health department has ratcheted up efforts to prevent or slow down the spread of swine flu in schools.

Ex: In order to gain strength fast, you need to immediately begin amping up your strength thermostat in your mind.

Ex: Cytokines are small proteins used to communicate messages between the immune cells in the immune system to either turn up or down the immune response.

* aumentar de importancia = grow in + importance, grow in + significance.

* aumentar de tamaño = grow in + size, grow + larger, increase in + size.

* aumentar de valor = increase in + value.

* aumentar el conocimiento = expand + Posesivo + knowledge, deepen + awareness.

* aumentar el control = tighten (up) + control.

* aumentar el esfuerzo = increase + effort.

* aumentar el precio = mark up + price, jack up + the price.

* aumentar el presupuesto = add + monies to + budget.

* aumentar en cantidad = increase in + quantity.

* aumentar en número = grow in + numbers, increase in + numbers.

* aumentar en variedad = grow in + kind.

* aumentar la confusión = add to + the confusion.

* aumentar la experiencia = deepen + experience.

* aumentar la productividad = increase + productivity, boost + Posesivo + productivity.

* aumentar las diferencias entre... y = widen + the gap between... and.

* aumentar las posibilidades = increase + the odds.

* aumentar las probabilidades = shorten + the odds.

* aumentar las ventas = boost + sales.

* aumentar la velocidad = grow + faster.

* aumentar los costes = cost + rise.

* aumentar los impuestos = increase + taxes.

* aumentar los ingresos = boost + Posesivo + income.

* aumentar rápidamente = snowball.

* crisis + aumentar = crisis + deepen.

* estar aumentando = be on the increase.

* * *

aumentar [A1 ]

vt

1 ‹precio› to increase, raise, put up; ‹sueldo› to increase, raise; ‹cantidad/velocidad/tamaño› to increase; ‹producción/dosis› to increase, step up

el microscopio aumenta la imagen the microscope enlarges o magnifies the image

no hizo más que aumentar su dolor/miedo all it did was increase her pain/fear

esto aumentó la tensión this added to o increased the tension

2 ‹puntos› (en tejido) to increase

■ aumentar

vi

«temperatura» to rise; «presión» to rise, increase; «velocidad» to increase; «precio/producción/valor» to increase, rise

el niño aumentó 500 gramos the child put on o gained 500 grams

su popularidad ha aumentado his popularity has grown, he has gained in popularity

el costo de la vida aumentó en un 3% the cost of living rose by 3%

la dificultad de los ejercicios va aumentando the exercises get progressively more difficult

aumentará el frío durante el fin de semana it will become colder over the weekend

aumentar DE algo to increase IN sth

aumentó de volumen/tamaño it increased in volume/size

ha aumentado de peso he's put on o gained weight

* * *

aumentar ( conjugate aumentar) verbo transitivo
a) ( en general) to increase;

‹precio/sueldo› to increase, raise
b) (Opt) to magnify

verbo intransitivo [temperatura/presión] to rise;
[ velocidad] to increase;
[precio/producción/valor] to increase, rise;
◊ aumentará el frío it will become colder;

aumentar de algo ‹de volumen/tamaño› to increase in sth;
aumentó de peso he put on o gained weight
aumentar
I verbo transitivo to increase
Fot to enlarge
Ópt to magnify
II vi (una cantidad) to go up, rise
(de valor) to appreciate

' aumentar' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
alargar
- engordar
- explorar
- separar
- separarse
- doblar
- elevar
- multiplicar
- redoblar
English:
add to
- appreciate
- augment
- boost
- build up
- deepen
- efficiency
- enhance
- escalate
- gain
- grow
- heighten
- improve
- increase
- intensify
- jack up
- jump
- magnify
- mark up
- mount
- odds
- put up
- quantity
- raise
- rise
- snowball
- step up
- surge
- swell
- up
- add
- develop
- go
- put
- soar
- strengthen

* * *

aumentar

♦ vt

to increase;

aumentar la producción to increase production;

los enfrentamientos aumentaron la tensión en la zona the clashes increased the tension in the zone;

me han aumentado el sueldo my salary has been increased o raised;

la lente aumenta la imagen the lens magnifies the image;

aumentó casi 10 kilos he put on almost 10 kilos

♦ vi
[temperatura, precio, gastos, tensión] to increase, to rise; [velocidad] to increase;
aumentar de tamaño to increase in size;

aumentar de precio to go up o increase in price;

el desempleo aumentó en un 4 por ciento unemployment rose o increased by 4 percent;

con lo que come, no me sorprende que haya aumentado de peso it doesn't surprise me that he's put on weight, considering how much he eats

* * *

aumentar

I v/t increase; precio increase, raise, put up

II v/i de precio, temperatura rise, increase, go up

* * *

aumentar vt

acrecentar: to increase, to raise

aumentar vi

: to rise, to increase, to grow

* * *

aumentar vb

1. (hacer subir) to increase / to raise

han aumentado el número de plazas they've increased the number of places

el Gobierno aumentará los impuestos the government will raise taxes

2. (subir) to rise [pt. rose; pp. risen] / to increase

las temperaturas aumentan en verano temperatures rise in summer

aumenta el número de accidentes de moto the number of motorbike accidents is increasing

3. (con lupa, microscopio) to magnify [pt. & pp. magnified]

un instrumento que aumenta el tamaño de cosas pequeñas an instrument that magnifies the size of small things

Spanish-English dictionary > aumentar
46 stop

[stop] 1. past tense, past participle - stopped; verb
1) (to (make something) cease moving, or come to rest, a halt etc: He stopped the car and got out; This train does not stop at Birmingham; He stopped to look at the map; He signalled with his hand to stop the bus.) parar

2) (to prevent from doing something: We must stop him (from) going; I was going to say something rude but stopped myself just in time.) parar

3) (to discontinue or cease eg doing something: That woman just can't stop talking; The rain has stopped; It has stopped raining.) parar

4) (to block or close: He stopped his ears with his hands when she started to shout at him.) tapar

5) (to close (a hole, eg on a flute) or press down (a string on a violin etc) in order to play a particular note.) tapar

6) (to stay: Will you be stopping long at the hotel?) permanecer
2. noun
1) (an act of stopping or state of being stopped: We made only two stops on our journey; Work came to a stop for the day.) paragem

2) (a place for eg a bus to stop: a bus stop.) paragem

3) (in punctuation, a full stop: Put a stop at the end of the sentence.) ponto

4) (a device on a flute etc for covering the holes in order to vary the pitch, or knobs for bringing certain pipes into use on an organ.) registo

5) (a device, eg a wedge etc, for stopping the movement of something, or for keeping it in a fixed position: a door-stop.) calço

•

- stoppage
- stopper
- stopping
- stopcock
- stopgap
- stopwatch
- put a stop to
- stop at nothing
- stop dead
- stop off
- stop over
- stop up
* * *

[stɔp] n 1 parada, ato de parar, interrupção, obstrução, suspensão, interrupção. 2 obstáculo, impedimento, empecilho. 3 ponto, lugar de parada, estação. 4 Mech lingüeta, trava, alavanca, ferrolho. 5 Gram ponto. 6 Mus chave, registro (de órgão), buraco, furo (de clarinete, flauta, etc.). 7 fim. 8 Phon consoante explosiva. 9 estada, demora, permanência. 10 Opt diafragma. • vt+vi 1 parar, fazer parar. 2 pôr fim a, cessar, cortar. 3 interromper, paralisar, deter, suspender, prevenir, abolir, reprimir. 4 coll deter-se, hospedar-se, alojar-se. 5 cessar, desistir, pausar. 6 tapar, fechar (buraco). 7 arrolhar, encerrar. 8 bloquear, obstruir, tapar, vedar. 9 refrear, deter. 10 desligar. 11 obturar (dente). 12 estancar (sangue), pôr fim, acabar com. 13 pontuar, fazer uso da pontuação. 14 interceptar. 15 Mus pontear, fazer pausa. 16 reter, sustar, suspender (pagamento). 17 ficar, demorar-se. 18 aparar (golfe). • interj alto! pare! a badly stopped composition uma composição mal pontuada. dead stop parada total. he stops at nothing ele não respeita nada ou ninguém, ele não tem escrúpulos. full stop Gram ponto final. pit stop a) sl parada para ir ao toalete. b) Auto parada no box. stop it! pára com isso. they came to a stop pararam. they stopped for my husband ficaram para esperar meu marido. they stopped for tea ficaram para tomar chá. to pull all the stops out remover todos os empecilhos, fazer o melhor possível para que algo aconteça. to stop at hospedar-se em, deter-se em. to stop by fazer uma visita rápida. to stop dead ou short parar de repente. to stop down Phot fechar o diafragma. to stop in a) ficar em casa. b) Amer fazer uma visita rápida. to stop in bed ficar na cama. to stop off Amer interromper a viagem. to stop on permanecer por mais tempo. to stop out a) demorar. b) ficar fora (de casa) até mais tarde. to stop over Amer parar, fazer escala. to stop up a) ficar acordado. b) impedir, bloquear. c) preencher, obturar. we put a stop to it pusemos um fim a isto. we stopped his mouth tapamos-lhe a boca, satisfizemo-lo. whistle stop sl cidade pequena, vilarejo.

English-Portuguese dictionary > stop
47 wire

1. noun
1) Draht, der

go down to the wire — (fig.) [Wettkampf, Rennen, usw.:] bis zuletzt offen sein

this test of nerves will go down to the wire — dies wird eine Nervenzerreißprobe bis zum Außersten

2) (barrier) Drahtverhau, der od. das; (fence) Drahtzaun, der

3) (Electr., Teleph.) Leitung, die

a piece or length of wire — ein Stück [Leitungs]draht

telephone/telegraph wire — Telefon-/Telegrafenleitung, die

get one's or the wires crossed — (fig.) auf der Leitung stehen (ugs.)

4) (coll.): (telegram) Telegramm, das
2. transitive verb
1) (fasten with wire) mit Draht zusammenbinden; (stiffen with wire) mit Draht versteifen

wire something together — etwas mit Draht verbinden

2) (Electr.)

wire something to something — etwas an etwas (Akk.) anschließen

wire a house — (lay wiring circuits) in einem Haus die Stromleitungen legen

3) (coll.): (telegraph)

wire somebody — jemandem od. an jemanden telegrafieren

wire money — Geld telegrafisch überweisen

Phrasal Verbs:

- academic.ru/93817/wire_up">wire up

* * *
1. noun
1) (( also adjective) (of) metal drawn out into a long strand, as thick as string or as thin as thread: We need some wire to connect the battery to the rest of the circuit; a wire fence.) der Draht

2) (a single strand of this: There must be a loose wire in my radio somewhere.) der Draht

3) (the metal cable used in telegraphy: The message came over the wire this morning.) die Telegraphenleitung

4) (a telegram: Send me a wire if I'm needed urgently.) das Telegramm
2. verb
1) (to fasten, connect etc with wire: The house has been wired (up), but the electricity hasn't been connected yet.) Leitungen verlegen in

2) (to send a telegram to: Wire me if anything important happens.) telegraphieren

3) (to send (a message) by telegram: You can wire the details to my brother in New York.) telegraphieren

•

- wireless
- wiring
- high wire
- wire-netting
* * *

wire

[ˈwaɪəʳ, AM -ɚ]

I. n

1. no pl (metal thread) Draht m

a bit/length/piece of \wire ein Stück nt Draht

2. ELEC (electric cable) Leitung f, Kabel nt SCHWEIZ

telephone \wire Telefonleitung f

3. esp AM ( dated: telegram) Telegramm nt

to send a \wire ein Telegramm aufgeben

by \wire telegrafisch

4. AM ELEC (hidden microphone) Wanze f

to wear a \wire verwanzt sein

5. (prison camp fence)

▪ the \wire der Drahtzaun um ein Gefängnis; ( fig) das Gefängnis

6.

▶ to get one's \wires crossed aneinander vorbeireden, sich akk falsch verstehen

▶ to get [sth] in under the \wire esp AM ( fam) etw [so gerade noch] unter Dach und Fach bringen fam

▶ to go [down] to the \wire esp AM ( fam) bis zum Schluss offenbleiben

▶ to be a live \wire ( fam) ein Energiebündel sein fam

▶ to pull \wires esp AM seine Beziehungen spielenlassen

II. n modifier (basket, cage) Draht-

\wire fence Drahtzaun m

III. vt

1. (fasten with wire)

▪ to \wire sth to sth etw mit Draht an etw akk binden

▪ to \wire sth together etw mit Draht zusammenbinden

2. ELEC (fit with cable)

▪ to \wire sth etw mit elektrischen Leitungen versehen; (connect) etw ans Stromnetz anschließen; TV etw verkabeln

3. esp AM (transmit electronically)

to \wire sb money [or money to sb] jdm telegrafisch Geld überweisen

4. esp AM ( dated: send telegram to)

▪ to \wire sb jdm telegrafieren [o veraltend kabeln

5. (reinforce)

to \wire sb's jaw jds Kiefer [mit einer Spange] richten

IV. vi telegrafieren, kabeln veraltend

* * *
[waɪə(r)]
1. n

1) Draht m; (for electricity supply) Leitung f; (= insulated flex) (for home appliance etc) Schnur f; (for television) Fernsehanschluss m or -kabel nt; (in circus = high wire) (Hoch)seil nt

to get in under the wire ( US inf ) — etwas gerade (eben) noch rechtzeitig or mit Hängen und Würgen (inf) schaffen

to pull wires ( esp US inf ) — seinen Einfluss geltend machen, seine Beziehungen spielen lassen

he's pulling your wire ( Brit inf ) — er nimmt dich auf den Arm (inf)

you've got your wires crossed there (inf) — Sie verwechseln da etwas; (said to two people) Sie reden aneinander vorbei

2) (TELEC) Telegramm nt, Kabel nt (old)

3) (= microphone) Wanze f (inf)

2. vt

1) (= put in wiring) plug anschließen; house die (elektrischen) Leitungen verlegen in (+dat); (= connect to electricity) (an das Stromnetz) anschließen

it's all wired ( up) for television — die Verkabelung für das Fernsehen ist vorhanden

2) (TELEC) telegrafieren, kabeln (old)

3) (= fix on wire) beads auf Draht auffädeln; (= fix with wire) mit Draht zusammen- or verbinden

to wire the parts together — die Teile mit Draht zusammen- or verbinden

3. vi
telegrafieren, drahten, kabeln (old)
* * *

wire [ˈwaıə(r)]

A s

1. Draht m

2. ELEK Leitung(sdraht) f(m):

down to the wire bes US umg bis zum (aller)letzten Moment;

under the wire bes US umg gerade noch rechtzeitig;

get one’s wires crossed umg auf der Leitung stehen; → live wire 1

3. ELEK (Kabel)Ader f

4. a) Drahtgitter n, -netz n

b) JAGD Drahtschlinge f

5. umg

a) Telegramm n:

by wire telegrafisch

b) Telefon n:

there’s sb on the wire for you du wirst am Telefon verlangt

6. MUS Drahtsaite f

7. pl besonders US → string A 3

8. OPT Faden m (im Okular)

B adj Draht…:

wire fence

C v/t

1. a) mit einem Drahtgeflecht oder -zaun umgeben

b) mit Draht verstärken

2. mit Draht (an-, zusammen)binden oder befestigen, verdrahten

3. ELEK Leitungen (ver-)legen in (dat), verdrahten:

wire (up) to anschließen an (akk)

4. umg eine Nachricht oder jemandem telegrafieren, Geld telegrafisch überweisen

5. JAGD mit Drahtschlingen fangen

D v/i umg telegrafieren:

wire in (besonders beim Essen) loslegen umg

* * *
1. noun
1) Draht, der

go down to the wire — (fig.) [Wettkampf, Rennen, usw.:] bis zuletzt offen sein

this test of nerves will go down to the wire — dies wird eine Nervenzerreißprobe bis zum Außersten

2) (barrier) Drahtverhau, der od. das; (fence) Drahtzaun, der

3) (Electr., Teleph.) Leitung, die

a piece or length of wire — ein Stück [Leitungs]draht

telephone/telegraph wire — Telefon-/Telegrafenleitung, die

get one's or the wires crossed — (fig.) auf der Leitung stehen (ugs.)

4) (coll.): (telegram) Telegramm, das
2. transitive verb
1) (fasten with wire) mit Draht zusammenbinden; (stiffen with wire) mit Draht versteifen

wire something together — etwas mit Draht verbinden

2) (Electr.)

wire something to something — etwas an etwas (Akk.) anschließen

wire a house — (lay wiring circuits) in einem Haus die Stromleitungen legen

3) (coll.): (telegraph)

wire somebody — jemandem od. an jemanden telegrafieren

wire money — Geld telegrafisch überweisen

Phrasal Verbs:

- wire up

* * *

v.

elektrische Leitung legen ausdr.

mit Draht befestigen (zusammenbinden) ausdr.

mit Schlingen fangen ausdr.

verdrahten v.

verkabeln v.

wickeln v. (telegraphy) n.

Telegramm n. n.

Draht ¨-e m.

Drahtschlinge f.

Kabel -- n.

Leitung -en f.

English-german dictionary > wire
48 τίθημι

τίθημι [pron. full] [τῐ], [ per.] 2sg.

A τιθεῖς Pi.P.8.11
, S.Ph. 992 cod. B ( τιθείς LA rec.), E.Cyc. 545 codd. Lp (- θείς P,
τίθης
l), Alc.
890
codd. pler., corrupted to τιθείς Pl.R. 376e
Stob., Arr.Epict.3.22.76, Pl.Euthd. 301e ([etym.] ἐπι-), Lib. Or.46.28 ([etym.] προς-) ; ἐν-τιθεῖς (v.l. -εὶς) Ar.Eq. 717; περι-τιθεῖς BGU 1141.19
(i B.C.); but τίθης is found in Pl.R.l.c. codd. AD, Ar. l.c. cod. A, Lib.Or.27.11 ([etym.] προς-), etc., and is taught by Choerob. in Theod. 2.328 H.; [dialect] Ep. τίθησθα Od.9.404
, 24.476, and so in [dialect] Aeol., Alc.Supp.4.27 ( τίθεισθα Hsch.
); [ per.] 3sg. τίθησι Il.4.83
, al., and [dialect] Att.; [dialect] Dor. τίθητι SIG 331.13
(Megara, iv B.C.), Theoc.3.48; [ per.] 3pl. τιθέασι Th.5.96
, Alex.128; [dialect] Ep. and [dialect] Ion. τιθεῖσι Il.16.262
, Hes.Th. 597, Hdt.2.91 (also A.Ag. 466 (lyr.)); [dialect] Aeol. τίθεισι ([etym.] προ-) Schwyzer 631 A 2 (ii B.C.); [dialect] Dor. τίθεντι IG12(3).103.10
([place name] Nisvrus); [dialect] Ion. [ per.] 3sg. τιθεῖ Il.13.732
, Mimn.1.6, Hdt. 1.113, also Arc., SIG559.16 (Megalop., iii B.C. ) ( τιθῶ Luc.Ocyp.43
,81, διατιθῶ cited by A.D.Synt.290.6): [tense] impf. ἐτίθην Pl.Grg. 500b
; ἐτίθεις Id.R. 528d
, Ar.Nu.59 ([etym.] ἐν-), etc.; ἐτίθει Il.18.541
, al., Ar.Ach. 532, Nu. 63 ([etym.] προς-), etc., [dialect] Ep. τίθει Il.1.441
, al.; [dialect] Ep. [ per.] 3pl. τίθεσαν Od.22.456
; τίθεν Pi.P.3.65
; πρό-τιθεν Od.1.112
(Aristarch.); late ἐτίθουν Act.Ap.4.35
; [dialect] Ion. [tense] impf. τίθεσκον Hes Fr.112; ἐτίθεα ([etym.] ὑπερ-) Hdt.3.155: imper. τίθει Il.1.509
, etc.; inf. τιθέναι, not in Hom. or Hes.; [dialect] Ep. τιθήμεναι Il.23.83
; τιθέμεν Hes.Op. 744
, Pi.P.1.40; τιθεῖν Thgn.286
, IG12(9).189.5 ([place name] Eretria); written τιθῖν Byzantion 8.50
(Phrygia, iv A.D.); part. τιθείς, but [dialect] Ion. pl. τιθεῦντες v.l. in Hdt.2.91: [tense] fut. θήσω, [dialect] Ep. inf. θησέμεναι Il.12.35
, θησέμεν Pi.P.10.58
: [tense] aor.1 ἔθηκα, only used in indic., and mostly in sg., for though [ per.] 3pl. is common, the 1 and [ per.] 2pl. are rare, X.Mem.4.2.15, ([etym.] ἀν-) Hyp.Eux.9; even ἔθηκαν is very rare in early Attic, ἀνέθηκαν IG2.1620d
, 22.2971 (both iv B.C.), but is found in Plb.8.4.4, etc.; [dialect] Ep. [ per.] 3pl. θῆκαν Il.24.795
, etc.: [tense] aor. 2 ἔθην, not used in indic. sg., whereas pl. is very common, ἔθεμεν, ἔθετε, ἔθεσαν, [dialect] Ep. θέσαν 12.29
, etc.; imper. θές Ar.Lys. 185
, etc.; [dialect] Lacon. [ per.] 3sg. σέτω ib. 1081; subj. θῶ, [dialect] Aeol. and [dialect] Ion. θέω Sapph.12
, ([etym.] προς-) Hdt.1.108, [dialect] Ep. θείω Il.16.83
, al. (for Θή-ω); [dialect] Ep. 2 and [ per.] 3sg. θήῃς, θήῃ, 6.432, 16.96, Od.10.301, 341 (sts. with the opt. forms θείης, θείη as v.l.); [dialect] Ep. [ per.] 1pl. θέωμεν (disyll.) 24.485, θείομεν (for Θήο-μεν, short-vowel subjunctive) Il.23.244, Od.13.364; opt. θείην, [ per.] 1pl. θεῖμεν 12.347
, Pl.Prt. 343e ( θείημεν codd. BT), προς-θεῖμεν Id.R. 370d
, and κατα-θεῖτε D.14.27
; [ per.] 3pl. θεῖεν S.OC 865
; inf. θεῖναι, [dialect] Ep.
θέμεναι Il.2.285
, θέμεν Od.21.3
, Hes.Op.61,67; [dialect] Dor. θέμειν IG 12(1).677.13
(Rhodes, iv B.C.); part. θείς Il.23.254
, etc.: [tense] pf. τέθηκα [dialect] Att. Inscrr., IG22.2490.7 (iv B.C.), ([etym.] ἀνα-) ib.839.38, 1299.44, 1534.76, also at Delos, ib.11(2).161 A6 (iii B.C.), etc., and in Papyri, POxy. 1087.42 (i B.C.); τέθεικα PCair.Zen. 324
(iii B.C.), ([etym.] ὑπο-) PPetr.3p.53 (iii B.C.), ([etym.] ἐκ-) UPZ62.4 (ii B.C.), ([etym.] ἀνα-) IG22.1011.71,80 (ii B.C.), ([etym.] προς-) Str.1.2.23; hence some editors restore τέθηκα for τέθεικα in Attic authors, as X.Mem.4.4.19, D.20.55, 22.16, 27.36, Alex.15.13; Phocian [ per.] 3pl. ἀνα-τεθέκαντι BCH59.202
([place name] Daulis):—[voice] Med. τίθεμαι, [ per.] 2sg. τίθεσαι Pl.Tht. 202c
; τίθη or τίθῃ dub. in PTeb.768.9 (ii B.C.); as [voice] Pass., AP11.300 (Pall.); imper. τίθεσο Ar. Pax 1039
, Pl. Sph. 237b, τίθου A.Eu. 226
, [dialect] Dor. τίθευσο cj. in AP9.564 (Nic., τιθεύσω cod., τίθεσσο Plan., cf. ἀφίκευσο); [dialect] Ep. part. τιθήμενος Il.10.34
: [tense] fut. θήσομαι 24.402
, etc.: [tense] aor. 1 ἒθηκάμην, only in indic. and part., and never in [dialect] Att.; [ per.] 2sg. ἐθήκαο Theoc.29.18
; [dialect] Ep. [ per.] 3sg. θήκατο Il.10.31
, Hes.Sc. 128; part. θηκάμενος Thgn.1150
, Pi.P.4.29: [tense] aor. 2 ἐθέμην Il.2.750
, etc.; [dialect] Ep. and Lyr. [ per.] 3sg. θέτο 10.149
, Pi.N.10.89; imper. θέο Od. 10.333
, θοῦ S.OC 466
; subj. θῶμαι E.HF 486
, etc.; [dialect] Ep. [ per.] 2sg. θῆαι Od. 19.403
; opt. θείμην S.Ant. 188
, etc.; [ per.] 3sg. θεῖτο Od.17.225
, A.Pr. 527 (lyr.), Pl.Tht. 195c, etc. (πρός-θοιτο, -θοισθε, ἔν-θοιτο are found in D. 11.6, 21.188, 34.17, but προς-θεῖτο Id.6.12
codd.; ἐπιθοίμεθα, -θοιντο, Th.6.34,11; cf. τιθοῖτο X.Mem.3.8.10
): [tense] pf. (v. infr.):—[voice] Pass. τίθεμαι SIG57.25
(Milet., v B.C.), Pl.Lg. 705e, 744a: [tense] fut. τεθήσομαι E.El. 1268
, Pl.Lg. 730b, D.24.17: [tense] aor. ἐτέθην E.HF 1245
, Lys.31.28, etc. ( ἐθέθην IG14.862
(Cumae, vi B.C.)): [tense] pf. τέθειμαι, rare in early Gr., LXX 1 Ki.9.24, Ev.Marc.15.47, ([etym.] προς-) Arist.Mech. 853a35; inf. τεθεῖσθαι Ar.Fr. 327
codd. (but f.l.); part. τεθειμένος Demad.12
, ([etym.] προ-) X.Hier.9.11, ([etym.] δια-) Men.591; also used in med. sense, D.21.49, SIG705.17 (Delph., ii B.C.), BGU1735.11 (i B.C.), Luc.Somn.9, ([etym.] ἐν-) D.34.16, ([etym.] προ-) Supp.Epigr.7.62.6 (Seleucia Pieria, ii B.C.), ([etym.] συν-) OGI229.62 (Smyrna, iii B.C.); ὑπεκ-τεθημένος (sic) BCH54.269 (Rhamnus, iii B.C.); ἀνα-τέθηται (pass. sense) Phld.Mus.p.81 K.; Phocian [tense] pf. part. (med. sense) ἀνα-τεθεμένος BCH59.202
([place name] Daulis):— the [voice] Pass. never occurs in Hom., and is generally rare, κεῖμαι being used instead.

A in local sense, set, put, place, λίθον Il.21.405
, cf. IG12.373.10, al.; θεμείλια Il.12.29
; τέρματα τ. Od.8.193; κλισίην, θρόνον τ. τινί, set a stool or chair for him, 4.123, 8.65 (so in [voice] Med., set for oneself, δίφρον 20.387
);
ἐκελήσατο θέμεν τὰν κλίναν, ἐφ' ἇς τὰν Σωστράταν ἔφερον
lay down, IG42(1).122.31
(Epid., iv B.C.); πόδα τ. plant the foot, i.e. walk, run, A.Eu. 294, E.IT32: so in [voice] Med., τετράποδος βάσιν θηρὸς τιθέμενος, i.e. going on all fours, Id.Hec. 1059 (lyr.): the mode is expressed by Advbs. or Preps.,

a with Advbs., τ. τι πυρὸς ἐγγύς, ἀπάνευθε πυρός, Od.14.518, Il.18.412; προπάροιθε ποδῶν 20.324
; χαμαὶ τ. τὸν πόδα A.Ag. 906
; τὰ ἄνω κάτω and τὰ κάτω ἄνω τ. Hdt.3.3, cf. A.Eu. 651, etc.: with Advbs. implying motion, ἄλλοσε θῆκε Od.23.184
, 204; ἔχεις.. ὅποι θήσεις Pl.R. 479c
:—[voice] Med., ὅποι.. τιθοῖτο X.Mem.3.8.10
.

b with Preps. of local sense, θεῖσα στέφανον ἀμφὶ βοστρύχοις E.Med. 1160
([voice] Med., ἀμφ' ὤμοισι τιθήμενον ἔντεα Il.10.34
); ἀνά τινι or τι, as ἂμ βωμοῖσι Il.8.441
; ἀνὰ μυρίκην 10.466
; ἐπί τινος, τινι, or τι, as εἵματα ἐπ' ἀπήνης Od.6.252
, cf. Il.16.223, etc.; ἐπὶ κρατὶ κυνέην 15.480
; πέπλον Ἀθηναίης ἐπὶ γούνασι 6.92
(v. infr.111.2); ἐπὶ [θρόνον τὰ ἱμάτια] Hdt.1.9, cf. A.Supp. 483, etc.; τὴν ἀρχὴν (sc. τοῦ ἐπιδέσμου) κατὰ μεσοφρύου, ἐπὶ ἰνίον, etc., Sor.Fasc.1,2, al.; ὑπό τινι or τι, as δέμνι' ὑπ' αἰθούσῃ Il.24.644
; ἀμβροσίην ὑπὸ ῥῖνά τινι Od.4.445
: most freq. with the Preps. ἐν or εἰς, put in or put into.., as θῆκεν ἐν ἀκμοθέτῳ ἄκμονα Il.18.476
; τόξα ἐν πυρί 5.215
; ἐν κίστῃ ἐδωδήν Od.6.76
; ἐν λεχέεσσι θ. [τινά] Il.18.352 (so in [voice] Med., ἐς δίφρον ἄρνας θέτο put into the car, 3.310; ὁ θεὸς ἔθετο τὰ μέλη ἐν τῷ σώματι 1 Ep.Cor.12.18
); ἐς λάρνακα, ἐς κάπετον, Il.24.795, 797; ἐς ταφάς S.Aj. 1110
([voice] Med., ἐν τάφοισι θέσθε Id.OC 1410
), cf. Ant. 504, Tr. 1254.

c in Poets also with dat. only, χρήματα μυχῷ ἄντρου Od.13.364
(so in [voice] Med., κολεῷ ἄορ θέο 10.333
), cf. S.Tr. 691, E.Hel. 1064.--The same constructions will be found under many of the following heads.

II Special phrases:

1 θεῖναί τινί τι ἐν χερσίν, ἐν χειρί, put it in his hands, Il.1.441, 585, etc.; ἐν χερσί or χείρεσσί τινος 6.482
, 23.597; οἶνον Ὀδυσσῆϊ ἐν χείρεσσι Od.14.448
; ἐς χεῖρά τινος into his hand, S.Aj. 751.

2 of women, θέσθαι παῖδα, υἱὸν ὑπὸ ζώνῃ, to have a child put under her girdle, i.e. to conceive, h.Ven. 255, 282.

3 ἐν ὄμμασι θέσθαι set before one's eyes, Pi.N.8.43.

4 set a plant, X.Oec.19.7,9.

b lay a mosaic, PCair.Zen.665.10,15 (iii B.C.).

5 θέσθαι τὴν ψῆφον lay one's voting-pebble on the altar, put it into the urn, ἐς τεῦχος οὐ διχορρόπως ψήφους ἔθεντο A.Ag. 816
: hence simply, give one's vote, ἐπὶ φόνῳ for death, E.Or. 756 (troch.); ἑωυτῷ in one's own favour, Hdt.8.123; σὺν τῷ νόμῳ X.Cyr.1.3.17
; εὔφρονα, δικαίαν τὴν ψῆφον τ., A.Supp. 640 (lyr.), Lycurg.128, etc.; and in [voice] Pass., ἔστω δὴ φανερὰ ἡ ψῆφος τιθεμένη Pl.Lg. 855d
: also γνώμην θέσθαι, c. inf., give one's opinion, Hdt.7.82; περὶ ἡμῶν And.3.21
: τίθεσθαι abs., vote, γνώμῃ S.Ph. 1448
codd. (anap., γνώμην Lambinus), Hld.2.29; μετά τινος A.Supp. 644
(lyr.); ἐναντία τινί Pl.Phlb. 58b
; τινι S.E.P.2.37 codd., Lib.Decl.1.65.

6 in Hom., θεῖναί τινί τι ἐν στήθεσσι, ἐν φρεσί, etc., put or plant it in his heart, ἐν στήθεσσι τιθεῖ νόον Il.13.732
; βουλὴν ἐν στήθεσσι τ. 17.470; ἔπος ἐν φρεσί 19.121
, al.; also μένος δέ οἱ ἐν φρεσὶ θῆκε 21.145
:—[voice] Med., ἄγριον ἐν στήθεσσι θέτο θυμόν laid up wrath in his heart, treasured it there, 9.629; ἐν φρεσὶ θέσθε αἰδῶ καὶ νέμεσιν 13.121
; τοῖσιν κότον αἰνὸν ἔθεσθε harboured enmity against them, 8.449; καθαρὸν θέμενος νόον Thgn.89
; θέμενος ἄγναμπτον νόον A.Pr. 164
(lyr.); ἐνὶ φρεσὶ θέσθαι, c. inf., bear in mind, think of doing a thing, Od.4.729; θ. [τι] ἐν καρδίᾳ Ev.Luc. 1.66
.

7 deposit, as in a bank, τὰ πρυτανεῖα πρὸς τοὺς ἄρχοντας IG12.22.33
; θεὶς ἐπὶ τὴν τράπεζαν τὰς τετταράκοντα μνᾶς Hyp.Ath.5
; ἐνέχυρον τιθέναι τι Ar.Pl. 451
, cf. Ec. 755, D.41.11, PEnteux.32.7 (iii B.C.), etc.:—[voice] Med., τὰ ἡμίσεα τῆς οὐσίης θέσθαι παρά τινα Hdt.6.86
.ά, cf. Od.13.207; τὴν τιμὴν θήσονται ἐπὶ τὴν τράπεζαν, ἕως.. PCair.Zen.723.11
(iii B.C.); ἐγγύην θέσθαι A.Eu. 898
; συνθήκας παρά τινι Lycurg.23
:—[voice] Pass., τὰ ληφθέντα καὶ τὰ τεθεντα D.49.5
(but [voice] Act. and [voice] Med. are sts. distd., ὁ θείς the mortgagor, ὁ θέμενος the mortgagee, τοὺς θέντας ἡμᾶς ἢ καὶ τοὺς θεμένους ὑμᾶς Pl.Lg. 820e
, cf. Hyp.Fr. 169, D.53.10; τίθεσθαι seems to have the same meaning as ὑποτίθεσθαι in IG22.43.41, 2758.4, 12(7).55.12 (Arcesine, iv/iii B.C.), but the two are distd. in Supp.Epigr.3.760 (Euboea, iv B.C.)): metaph., χάριν or χάριτα θέσθαι τινί deposit a claim for favour with one, lay an obligation on one, Hdt.9.60, 107, cf. A.Pr. 783, etc.

8 pay down, pay, τόκον, εἰσφοράν, μετοίκιον, D.41.9, 22.43, 29.3; τὸ γιγνόμενον Id.18.104
; τὸν πριάμενον ἑκατοστὴν τιθέναι τῆς τιμῆς Thphr.Fr.97.1
; τὴν τιμήν PRev.Laws 18.13
(iii B.C.); τὰ μέρη PCair.Zen.218.33
(iii B.C.); [τὰς δραχμὰς] εἰς ἀνήλωμα τοῦ πλοίου ib.753.64 (iii B.C.):—[voice] Med., θέμενος ἀρραβῶνα PFlor.303.3
(vi A.D.).

9 put down in writing, θοῦ δ' ἐν φρενῶν δέλτοισι τοὺς ἐμοὺς λόγους S.Fr. 597
(cj. Nauck):—[voice] Pass., τὰ ἐν γράμμασι τεθέντα Pl.Lg. 793b
.

b place to account, reckon, D.27.34,36, 28.13; θήσω εἰς δύο παῖδας χιλίας δραχμὰς ἑκάστου ἐνιαυτοῦ Lys.32.28
, cf. ib.21:—metaph. in [voice] Med., ἀλλ' οὐκ ἀκριβῶς αὐτὸ θήσομαι λίαν E.Med. 532
; τἀγαθὰ ἐς ἀμφίβολον ἀσφαλῶς ἔθεντο reckoned as doubtful, Th.4.18.

10 in military language, τίθεσθαι or θέσθαι τὰ ὅπλα has four senses,

a rest arms, i.e. halt, with arms in an easy position but ready for action, Th.4.44,93, 7.3; θέμενοι ἐς τὴν ἀγορὰν τὰ ὅπλα advancing to the market-place and resting arms there, Id.2.2, cf. Hdt.9.52, X.An.1.5.14, 17, 1.6.4, etc.; εἰς τάξιν τὰ ὅπλα τ. ib.2.2.21, 5.4.11; so ἐν τάξει ib.2.2.8; ἀντία τισί over against them, Hdt.5.74 (in 1.62 ἀντία ἔθεντο τὰ ὅπλα over against it (the temple)); poet., πάτρας ἕνεκα εἰς δῆριν ἔθεντο ὅπλα Inscr. ap. D.18.289.

b bear arms, fight, τὸ θυμοειδὲς.. ἐν τῇ τῆς ψυχῆς στάσει τίθεσθαι τὰ ὅπλα πρὸς τὸ λογιστικόν Pl.R. 440e
; τοῦ δήμου.. παρακαλοῦντος τοὺς στρατιώτας τίθεσθαι πρὸς τὴν πόλιν IG22.666.10
; ὃς ἂν μὴ θῆται τὰ ὅπλα μηδὲ μεθ' ἑτέρων Arist.Ath.8.5
, cf. Lys.31.14, D.21.145; so ὁπόσοιπερ ἂν ὅπλα ἱππικὰ ἢ πεζικὰ τιθῶνται who serve on horseback or on foot, Pl.Lg. 753b, cf. 756a; ἐν ταῖς ναυσὶ τὰ ὅπλα θέσθαι Plu.Cim.5
.

c lay down one's arms, surrender, D.S.20.31,45; so, without the idea of surrender, θέσθαι τὰς ἀσπίδας X.HG2.4.12 (but [voice] Act., τὰ ὅπλα θείς Plu.2.759a
).

d τὰ ὅπλα εὖ τίθεσθε keep your arms in good order, X.Cyr.4.5.3; εὖ ἀσπίδα θέσθω Il.2.382
.

II lay in the grave, bury, ἐμὰ σῶν ἀπάνευθε τιθήμεναι ὀστέα 23.83
(freq. with words added, ἐν τάφοισι, ἐς ταφάς, etc., v. supr. 1 b); ποῦ σφε θήσομεν χθονός; A.Th. 1006 (lyr.):— [voice] Pass., τὰ δὲ ὀστᾶ φασι.. τεθῆναι.. ἐν τῇ Ἀττικῇ Th.1.138
, cf. Pl.Mx. 242c, Lg. 947e; ἄλλῳ δὲ μηδενὶ ἐξεῖναι ἐν τῷ πυργίσκῳ τεθῆναι μετὰ τὸ ἐνταφῆναι αὐτήν· ἐπεὶ ὁ θείς τινα ἀσεβὴς ἔστω θεοῖς καταχθονίοις TAM 2(1).51
([place name] Telmessus), cf. 55, al., AJP48.30 ([place name] Apamea), Supp.Epigr. 6.221 ([place name] Phrygia), etc.

12 τιθέναι τὰ γόνατα
kneel down, Ev.Marc. 15.19
, Ev.Luc.22.41, al.

III set up, of the prizes in games, ἄεθλα Il.23.263
, etc.; ἀέθλιον ib. 748; νικητήρια S.Fr. 537
(so in [voice] Pass., τὰ τιθέμενα the prizes, D.61.25); also with the object offered as the prize, τ. δέπας, βοῦν, σόλον, etc., Il.23.656, 750, 826, al., cf. Hdt. 1.144, S.Aj. 573:—this is more fully expressed by ἐς μέσσον τ., Il.23.704: after Hom. more generally, lay before people as common property, βούλομαι ὑμῖν εἰς τὸ μέσον αὐτὸ θεῖναι Pl.Lg. 719a
; ἐς μέσον ἀρχὴν τιθεὶς ἰσονομίην ὑμῖν προαγορεύω Hdt.3.142
; so also τ. τι εἰς τὸ κοινὸν X.Mem.3.14.1
; reading and sense are doubtful in A.Ch. 145.

2 set up in a temple, dedicate, ἀγάλματα Od.12.347
; τάσδε.. θεοῖς ἀσπίδας ἔθηκε E.Ph. 576
; so perh. Il.6.92 (v. supr. 1b).

IV assign, award, τιμήν τινι Il.24.57
; ὄνομά τινι Pl.Sph. 244d
: esp. in [voice] Med., ὄνομα (or οὔνομα) θέσθαι τινί give a child a name at one's own discretion, Od.18.5, 19.406 (in 19.403 with v.l. θείης), Hdt.1.107, 113, cf. E.Ph.13: ellipt., without ὄνομα, ᾧ δὴ ἀθροίς ματι ἄνθρωπόν τε τίθενται καὶ λίθον Pl.Tht. 157b
, cf. Cra. 402b: pleonast., Ἴωνα δ' αὐτὸν ὄνομα κεκλῆσθαι θήσεται E. Ion75
.

V τιθέναι νόμον down or give a law, of a legislator, S.El. 580, E.Alc.57, Ar.Ach. 532, Pl.R. 339c, D.24.99, etc.:—so in [voice] Med., of Solon, Hdt.1.29; of a people, state, or legislature, give oneself a law, make a law, Pl.R. 338e, Isoc.3.6, Arist. Pol. 1289a14 ([voice] Pass., τίθεται νόμος Ar.Nu. 1425
, Pl.Lg. 705e, 744a; τιμωρίαι.. ἐτέθησαν ib. 943d); also θήσω θεσμόν A.Eu. 484
; κήρυγμα θεῖναι S.Ant.8
; σκῆψιν τιθέναι allege an excuse, Id.El. 584: c. acc. et inf., order matters so that.., [ὁ Λυκοῦργος] ἔθηκε θύειν βασιλέα πρὸ τῆς πόλεως τὰ δημόσια ἅπαντα X.Lac.15.2
, cf. 1.5, 2.11; without inf., καλῶς ἔθεντο ταῦτα πατέρες οἱ πάλαι E.Or. 512
: c. dat. et inf., γυναιξὶ σωφρονεῖν.. θήσει Id.Tr. 1057
.

2 [voice] Med., agree upon, ἡμέραν θέσθαι D.42.1
,13; so θ. συγγραφήν, ὁμολογίαν, σύμβολόν τινι, etc., PEleph. 2.16 (iii B.C.), PGoodsp.Cair. 6ii 2 (ii B.C.), PRein.11.9 (ii B.C.), etc.

3 execute a document. τ. διαθήκην make a will, Stud.Pal.1.6.3 (v A.D.): so in [voice] Med., PSI10.1119.16 (ii A.D.); θέσθαι τινὸς ἀπαρχήν make out a person's birth-certificate, ib.9.1067.15 (iii B.C.), etc.

VI establish, institute, ἀγῶνας A.Ag. 845
, cf. X.An.1.2.10; ἐν τοῖς ἀγώνοις οἷς ἁ πόλις τίφητι (sic) Delph.3(3).120.17 (ii B.C.); πενταετηρίδα Pi.O.3.21
.

VII dispose, order, ordain, bring to pass, of gods, οὕτω νῦν Ζεὺς θείη Od.8.465
, 15.180; ὣς ἄο' ἔμελλον θησέμεναι Il.12.35
; [Ζεὺς] τίθησ' ὅπῃ θέλει Semon.1.2
; τὰ δ' ἄλλα πάντ' ἄνω τε καὶ κάτω στρέφων τίθησιν (sc. Ζεύς) A.Eu. 651; πάντα παγκάκως θεοὶ θέσαν cj. in Id.Pers. 283 (lyr.); τέλος δ' ἔθηκε Ζεὺς.. καλῶς S.Tr. 26
; κόσμῳ θέντες, as etym. of θεοί, Hdt.2.52; of human beings, administer, manage, [τι] κακῶς θέμεν, εὖ θέμεν, Thgn.845, 846; τὰ δ' ἄλλα φροντὶς.. θήσει δικαίως A.Ag. 913
; ἐγὼ καὶ σὺ θήσομεν κρατοῦντε τῶνδε δωμάτων καλῶς ib. 1673 (troch.); ταῦτ' ἐγὼ θήσω καλῶς E.Hipp. 521
, cf. Andr. 737; τὰ παρ' ὑμῶν εὖ τίθει Ar.Lys. 243
; τ. τὰ τῶν φίλων ἀσφαλῶς X.Ages.11.12
; τὰ πράγματ' ὀρθῶς ἂν τιθῇ πράξει καλῶς E.Fr. 287
:—[voice] Med., administer for oneself, οἶκον εὖ θέσθαι Hes.Op.23
; ἄνδρας σοφοὺς χρὴ τὸ παρὸν πρᾶγμα καλῶς εἰς δύναμιν τίθεσθαι Cratin. 172
(lyr.), cf. D.23.134, Anon.ap Suid.s.v. τίθεσθαι, Hsch.s.v.
τὸ παρὸν εὖ τίθεσο; ἐν ἀπόρῳ εἴχοντο θέσθαι τὸ παρόν Th.1.25
; τὸ παρὸν εὖ θέσθαι make the best of one's resources or situation, Luc.Nec.21, M. Ant.6.2, cf. Aristid.2.35 J.; εὐτυχίαν τὴν παροῦσαν ἔξεστι καλῶς θέσθαι Th.4.17
; τὰ παρόντα θέσθαι καλῶς Ach.Tat.5.11
; τὰ σεωυτοῦ τιθέμενος εὖ Hdt.7.236
; τὰ οἰκεῖα εὖ θέμενον Pl.R. 443d
; τὰ ἴδια ἕκαστοι εὖ βουλόμενοι δὴ θέσθαι Th.4.59
; τὰ πάντα ὅπως ἂν αὐτῇ ἡδὺ ᾖ οὕτως τίθεσθαι X.Mem.1.4.17
; εἰ μὴ θήσομαι τἄμ' ὡς ἄριστα E.Andr. 378
; τὸ σαυτοῦ θέμενος εὖ Id.IT 1003
, cf. Ba.49, HF 605, 938, Hipp. 709, Dionys.Eleg.1.5; τὰ πρὶν εὖ θέμενος S.El. 1434
; συνετῶν ἀνδρῶν (sc. εἶναι) , πρὶν γενέσθαι τὰ δυσχερῆ, προνοῆσαι ὅπως μὴ γένηται· ἀνδρείων δέ, γενόμενα εὖ θέσθαι Pittac.
ap. D.L.1.78; τὸ κοινῶς φοβερὸν ἅπαντας εὖ θέσθαι that all should face the common danger, Th.4.61; of wars, quarrels, etc., bring them to a successful issue, but sts. put a good face on them, patch them up, ἕως ἂν τὸν πόλεμον εὖ θῶνται Id.8.84
; θήσονται τὸν πόλεμον ᾗ βούλονται Id.1.31
; πόλεμον ἀραμένους οὐ ῥᾴδιον εὐπρεπῶς θέσθαι ib.82; ὅτῳ τρόπῳ.. τὸ σφέτερον ἀπρεπὲς εὖ θήσονται Id.6.11
; μεθ' ἧς τὸ νῦν παρεστὸς νεῖκος εὖ θέσθαι χρεών S. OT 633
; τὸν τρὸς τοὺς Ἐλευσῖνι πόλεμον ὡς μετρίως ἔθεντο Pl.Mx. 243e
; ἄμεινον ἢ τότε ἐθέμεθα τὸν πόλεμον ib. 245e; τὰς γενομένας συμφορὰς πρὸς ἀλλήλους θέσθαι καλῶς And.1.140
: abs., θέσθαι καλῶς S.Fr. 350
:—pass., εἰ τεθήσεται κατὰ νοῦν τὰ πράγματα Th.4.120
.

2 in the game of πεττεία, κυβεία, Lat. tesserae (cf. Ter.Adelph.739), to place as skilfully as possible the pieces which have been assigned to one by the luck of the dice, πεττείᾳ τινὶ ἔοικεν ὁ βίος, καὶ δεῖ ὥσπερ ψῆφόν τινα τίθεσθαι τὸ συμβαῖνον Socr.
ap. Stob.4.56.39; ὥσπερ ἐν πτώσει κύβων πρὸς τὰ πεπτωκότα τίθεσθαι τὰ αὑτοῦ πράγματα ὅπῃ ὁ λόγος αἱρεῖ βέλτιστ' ἂν ἔχειν Pl.R. 604c
, cf. Plu.Pyrrh.26; στέργειν δὲ τἀκπεσόντα καὶ θέσθαι πρέπει σοφὸν κυβευτήν S.Fr. 947
; τὰ δεσποτῶν γὰρ εὖ πεσόντα θήσομαι I will take advantage of my master's good luck, A.Ag.32: many of the passages cited in A. v11. I may be metaph. applications of this sense.

B put in a certain state or condition, much the same as ποιεῖν, ποιεῖσθαι, and so often to be rendered by our make:

I folld. by an attributive Subst., make one something, with the predicate in apposition, θεῖναί τινα αἰχμητήν, ἱέρειαν, μάντιν, etc., Il.1.290, 6.300, Od.15.253, etc.; θ. τινὰ ἀρχέπολιν Pi.P.9.54
; θεῖναί τινα ἄλοχόν τινος make her another's wife, of a third person who negotiates a marriage, Il.19.298 (for [voice] Med., v. infr. 3); ἥτε με τοῖον ἔθηκεν ὅπως ἐθέλει who has made me such as she will, Od.16.208; σῦς ἔθηκας ἑταίρους thou hast made my comrades swine, 10.338; so [νῆα] λᾶαν ἔθηκε 13.163
, cf. Il.2.319, etc.; ἕως ἂν θῶ τοὺς ἐχθρούς σου ὑποπόδιον LXX Ps.109(110).1
; but γέλων ἔθηκε συνδείπνοις caused them laughter, E. Ion 1172; λόγους εἰς μέτρα τ. put them into verse, Pl. Lg. 669d.

2 with an Adj. for the attributive, θεῖναί τινα ἀθάνατον καὶ ἀγήρων make him undying and undecaying, Od.5.136; πηρόν, τυφλόν, ἀφνειὸν τ. τινά, Il.2.599, 6.139, 9.483; τὸν μὲν.. θῆκε μείζονά τ' εἰσιδέειν καὶ πάσσονα Od.6.229
, cf. 18.195, Pl.Prt. 344d.

b of things, ἅλιον πόνον, πόνον οὐκ ἀτέλεστον, πάντα μεταμώνια, Il.4.26,57, 363; ὄλεθρον ἀπευθέα θῆκε Κρονίων Od.3.88
, cf. 11.274; ἀποίητον θέμεν ἔργων τέλος Pi.O.2.17
; ἀρὰν τ. ἀλαθῆ A.Th. 944
(lyr.); ἀναστάτους οἴκους τ. S.Ant. 674; τ. λεῖον τὸν τραχὺν ἐχῖνον Ar. Pax 1086
; τὸ πραχθὲν ἀγένητον τ. Pl.Prt. 324b.

3 freq. in [voice] Med., γυναῖκα or ἄκοιτιν θέσθαι τινά make her one's wife, Od.21.72, 316, B.5.169; παῖδα τὸν αὑτᾶς πόσιν θ. take her own son as husband, A.Th. 929 (lyr.).

b υἱὸν θέσθαι τινά, like ποιεῖσθαι, make one's son, adopt, Pl.Lg. 929c, etc.: abs., θέσθαι τινά adopt, Plu.Aem.5.

c generally, προσφιλῆ θέσθαι τινά S.Ph. 532
; but φίλον ἐμαυτῷ θ. deem my friend, Id.Ant. 188; γέλωτα θέσθαι τινά make him one's butt, Hdt.3.29, 7.209.

4 c. inf., make one do so and so, τιθέναι τινὰ νικᾶσαι make him conquer, Pi.N.10.48 (dub.); μετατραπεῖν Id.Fr. 177
; τὸν πάθει μάθος θέντα κυρίως ἔχειν A.Ag. 178
(lyr.), cf. 1036, 1174 (lyr.), E.Med. 718, Heracl. 990, etc.

II in reference to mental action, when [voice] Med. is more freq. than [voice] Act., lay down. assume, hold, reckon or regard as.., τί δ' ἐλέγχεα ταῦτα τίθεσθε; Od.21.333; δαιμόνιον αὐτὸ τίθημ' ἐγώ S.El. 1270
(lyr.); τοιοῦτον θέντες τὸν δίκαιον Pl.R. 361b
, cf. 430b ([voice] Med.); θὲς δή μοι.. now suppose so and so, Id.Tht. 191c; εὐεργέτημά τι θεῖναι D.1.10
; with ὡς, θέντες ὡς ὑπάρχον εἶναι ὃ βούλονται Pl.R. 458a
, cf. Phd. 100a; μὴ τοῦτο ὡς ἀδίκημα θῇς D.18.193
.

2 folld. by Advbs., ποῦ χρὴ τίθεσθαι ταῦτα; in what light must we regard these things? S.Ph. 451; οὐδαμοῦ τιθέναι τι hold of no account, E.Andr. 210; πρόσθεν or ἐπίπροσθέν τινος τιθέναι τι, Id.Hec. 129 (anap.), Supp. 515; πόρρω τίθεσθαί τί τινων set far below.., D.18.299.

3 folld. by Preps., τ. τινὰ ἐν φιλοσόφοις Pl.R. 475d
; ἐν τοῖς φίλοις X.Mem.2.4.4
; also εἰς ὁποτέραν (of two classes) Pl.Sph. 264c; εἰς τὸν δῆμον, εἰς τοὺς πλουσίους, X.Mem.4.2.39; also οὐκ ἐν λόγῳ τίθεσθαί τινα Tyrt.12.1
; ἐν τιμῇ τίθεσθαί τινα Hdt.3.3
; ἐν αἰτίῃ τιθέναι τινά Id.8.99
; ἐν οἰωνῷ τινι τοῦ μέλλοντος, ἐν ἐπαίνῳ, ἐν γέλωτι τίθεσθαι, Plu.Alex.31, Cat.Ma.20, TG17; θέσθαι παρ' οὐδέν set at naught, A.Ag. 230 (lyr.), E.IT 732, cf. Pl.Phdr. 252a (but ἐν οὐδενί BGU1816.23
(i B.C.), Supp.Epigr.7.1.6 (Susa, i A.D., Epist.Artabani)); ἐν παρέργῳ θοῦ με S.Ph. 473
; πάντα ταῦτ' ἐν εὐχερεῖ ἔθου ib. 876; ταῦτ' ἐν αἰσχρῷ θέμενος E. Hec. 806
; ἐν ἀδικήματι θέσθαι τι Th.1.35
; ἐν ἀδικήματος μέρει τιθέναι τι D.23.148
; θέσθαι τὰ δίκαια ἔκ τινος estimate them by.., Id.8.8.

4 c. partit. gen., ἐμὲ θὲς τῶν πεπεις μένων put me down as one of the convinced, Pl.R. 424c, cf. 376e, 437b; τῆς ἡμετέρας ἀμελείας ἄν τις θείη might reckon it as due to our carelessness, D.1.10.

5 c. inf., οὐ τίθημ' ἐγὼ ζῆν τοῦτον I hold not that he lives, count him not as living, S.Ant. 1166: so in [voice] Med., Pl.Phd. 93c, D. 25.43,44: rarely c. part., θήσω ἀδικοῦντα [αὐτόν] Id.23.76, cf. Pl. Prt. 343e, Ap. 27c.

6 elliptically, lay down, assume, θῶμεν δύο εἴδη (sc. εἶναι) Id.Phd. 79a, etc.; θήσω οὕτω (sc. εἶναί τι) D.23.85, cf. Arist.Pol. 1290a30.

7 affirm, opp. αἴρω (deny), τὸ ἐπέκεινα ὄντος οὐ τόδε λέγει- οὐ γὰρ τίθησιν-- the phrase 'beyond being' does not denote a 'this' (for it is not an affirmation), Plot.5.5.6.

C without any attributive word following, make, work, execute, of an artist, ἐν δ' ἐτίθει νειόν Il.18.541
, cf. 550, 561, 607; [δόρπον] θησέμεναι Od.20.394
.

2 make, cause, bring to pass, ἔργα Il.3.321
; τ. κέλαδον καὶ ἀϋτήν 9.547
; ὀρυμαγδόν Od.9.235
; ἔριν μετ' ἀμφοτέροισιν 3.136
; φιλότητα, ὅρκια μετ' ἀμφ., Il.4.83, Od.24.546: c. dat. pers., σῆμα τιθεὶς Τρώεσσι Il.8.171
; Ἀχαιοῖς ἄλγε' ἔθηκεν 1.2
, etc.; πᾶσι δ' ἔθηκε πόνον 21.524
, cf. 15.721, 16.262; φόως ἑτάροισιν 6
6, etc.; χάρματ' ἄλλοις ἔθηκεν Pi.O.2.99
; πόλει κατασκαφὰς θέντες A. Th.47
; εἰρήνην φίλοις Id.Pers. 769
; αἷμα θήσεις E.Ba. 837
(s. v.l.).

3 freq. in [voice] Med., make or prepare for oneself, θέσθαι κέλευθον make oneself a road, open a way, Il.12.418; θέτο δῶμα Od.15.241
; τίθεντο δὲ δαῖτα, δόρπα, Il.7.475, 9.88 (but δαῖτα τίθενται are holding a feast, Od.17.269); μεγάλην ἐπιγουνίδα θέσθαι to make oneself, get a large thigh, Od.17.225; θέσθαι μάχην engage in.., Il.24.402; δυσμενέεσσι πόνον καὶ δῆριν ἔθεντο 17.158
; ἱδρῶτα τίθεσθαι have an access of perspiration, Hp.Decent.2; μαρτύρια θέσθαι produce as testimony, Hdt.8.55; ἀνδρὸς αἰδοίου πρόσοψιν θηκάμενος putting on the aspect of a reverend man, Pi.P.4.29, cf. Hsch. s.v. θήκατο; πόνον πλέω τίθου work thyself the more annoy, A.Eu. 226; εὐκλεᾶ θέσθαι βίον S.Ph. 1422
, etc.

4 periphr. for a single Verb. μνηστήρων σκέδασιν θεῖναι make a scattering, Od.1.116; θέμεν κρυφόν, νέμεσιν, αἶνον, for κρύπτειν, νεμεσῦν, αἰνεῖν, Pi.O.2.97, 8.86, N.1.5; μὴ σχολὴν τίθει A. Ag. 1059
; ὑμῖν ἔθηκε σὺν θεοῖς σωτηρίαν (v.l. προμηθίαν) E.Med. 915:— also in [voice] Med., θέσθαι μάχην, for μάχεσθαι, Il.24.402; θέσθαι θυσίαν, γάμον, for θύειν, γαμεῖσθαι, Pi.O.7.42, 13.53; σπουδήν, πρόνοιαν θέσθαι, S.Aj.13, 536, cf. Pi.P.4.276; θ. ἐπιστροφὴν πρό τινος S.OT 134
; περὶ τούτων οἰκονομίας PEnteux.22.6
(iii B.C.); and c. gen., θ. λησμοσύναν, συγγνωμοσύνην τινῶν, S.Ant. 151 (lyr.), Tr. 1265 (anap.). (Cf. Lith. dēti 'lay (eggs, etc.)', Skt. dáti 'lay down, place', Lat. -do in con-do, etc., Engl. do, doom.)

Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > τίθημι
49 apropiarse

apropiarse

► verbo pronominal

1 to appropriate (de, -), take possession (de, of)

* * *

VPR

apropiarse (de) algo — to appropriate sth

* * *

verbo pronominal

apropiarse (de) algo — to appropriate something (frml)

es para todos, así que no te apropies de él — (fam) it's for everyone so don't keep it all to yourself

te lo presto, pero no te lo apropies — (fam) I'll lend it to you, but don't get too attached to it

* * *

= co-opt, swipe.

Ex. Social workers accused librarians of moving into their territory, of co-opting their activity, of doing social work without training, of being representative of establishment interests.

Ex. A thief has swiped the solid-gold medallion given as a Nobel Prize in Physics to Ernest Lawrence.

----

* apropiarse de = appropriate, grab, commandeer.

* apropiarse indebidamente = embezzle, misappropriate.

* * *

verbo pronominal

apropiarse (de) algo — to appropriate something (frml)

es para todos, así que no te apropies de él — (fam) it's for everyone so don't keep it all to yourself

te lo presto, pero no te lo apropies — (fam) I'll lend it to you, but don't get too attached to it

* * *

= co-opt, swipe.

Ex: Social workers accused librarians of moving into their territory, of co-opting their activity, of doing social work without training, of being representative of establishment interests.

Ex: A thief has swiped the solid-gold medallion given as a Nobel Prize in Physics to Ernest Lawrence.

* apropiarse de = appropriate, grab, commandeer.

* apropiarse indebidamente = embezzle, misappropriate.

* * *

apropiarse [A1 ]

v pron

apropiarse ( DE) algo to appropriate sth ( frml)

es para todos, así que no te lo apropies or no te apropies de él ( fam); it's for everyone so don't keep it all to yourself o don't monopolize it o ( colloq) don't hog it

te lo presto, pero no te lo apropies ( fam); I'll lend it to you, but I'd like it back o but don't get too attached to it

no te apropies de la radio ( fam); don't run o go off with the radio ( colloq)

apropiándose de una frase del Presidente using o borrowing one of the President's phrases

* * *

apropiarse ( conjugate apropiarse) verbo pronominal apropiarse (de) algo to take o (frml) appropriate sth
apropiarse verbo reflexivo to appropriate
' apropiarse' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
adueñarse
English:
appropriate
- borrow
- grab

* * *

vpr

apropiarse de [tomar posesión de] to appropriate;

se ha apropiado de ese sillón he treats that chair as if it belongs to him;

se apropió de mis ideas para redactar el proyecto he stole my ideas for the plan

* * *

apropiarse

v/r

:

apropiarse de algo take sth

* * *

apropiarse vr

apropiarse de : to take possession of, to appropriate

Spanish-English dictionary > apropiarse
50 εἰμί

εἰμί (

A sum), [dialect] Aeol. [full] ἔμμι Sapph.2.15, Theoc.20.32; Cret. [full] ἠμί GDI 4959a; [ per.] 2sg. εἶ, [dialect] Ep. and [dialect] Ion. εἰς Od.17.388
, al., [dialect] Aeol. ἔσσι, [dialect] Ep. and [dialect] Dor. ἐσσί Il.1.176
, Pi.O.6.90, Sophr.134; ἐσί GDI4959a
; [ per.] 3sg. ἐστί, [dialect] Dor. ἐντί IG12(1).677
([place name] Rhodes), Theoc.1.17, etc.; [ per.] 3 dual ἐστόν Th.3.112
; [ per.] 1pl. ἐσμέν, [dialect] Ep. and [dialect] Ion. εἰμέν (also in Pi.P.3.60), ἐμέν Call.Fr. 294
, [dialect] Dor. εἰμές Theoc.15.73
, but ἠμέν GDI5178.34
; [ per.] 3pl. εἰσί ([etym.] - ίν), [dialect] Ep. and [dialect] Ion. ἔασι ([etym.] - ιν) Il.7.73, Xenoph.8.1, Antim.29, Herod.4.84, [dialect] Dor. ἐντί Pi.N.1.24
, Theoc.11.45, IG9(1).32.22 ([place name] Phocis), etc.: imper. ἴσθι ( ἔσθι Hecat.361
J.), [dialect] Ep. and Lyr. also in [voice] Med. form ἔσσο Od.3.200
, Sapph.1.28, Maced.Pae.31, late Prose ἔσο Plu.2.241d
, M.Ant.3.5, Hld.5.12, Porph.Marc.34; [ per.] 3sg. ἔστω ( ἤτω LXXPs.103.31
, and late Inscrr., CIG2664, al.; but in Pl.R. 361c leg. ἴτω), [dialect] Dor. εἴτω, ἤτω, Heraclid. ap. Eust.1411.21, Elean ἤστω Schwyzer 424
; [ per.] 3pl. ἔστωσαν, but ἔστων Hom.
, Pl.R. 502a, ὄντων Id.Lg. 879b
, and early [dialect] Att. Inscrr., IG12.22, etc. ( ἔστωσαν first in ii B. C., ib.22.1328), [dialect] Dor. ἐόντων ib.1126: subj. ὦ, ᾖς, ᾖ, [dialect] Ep. ἔω Od.9.18
; [ per.] 3sg. ἔῃ Il.12.300
,al. (also ἔῃσι 2.366
, al., ᾖσι ([etym.] ν) 19.202, Hes.Op. 294), also [dialect] Boeot. ἔνθω IG7.3172.165
, μετείω Il.23.47
and perh. εἴῃ 9.245
, etc.; [dialect] Dor. [ per.] 3pl. ὦντι SIG940.3
([place name] Crete), ἔωντι GDI5040.14
([place name] Hierapytna), [dialect] Boeot. ἴωνθι IG7.3171.46
(iii B. C.): opt. εἴην, -ης ( εἴησθα Thgn.715
), -η, also ἔοις, ἔοι, Il.9.284, 142, al., cf. Hdt.7.6; [ per.] 3pl. εἴοισαν Ἀρχ. Ἐφ. 1911.133
([place name] Gonni); [ per.] 3 dual εἴτην Pl. Prm. 149e
, Sph. 243e; [ per.] 1pl. εἶμεν E.Alc. 921
(lyr.), Pl.; [ per.] 2pl. εἶτε Od. 21.195
; [ per.] 3pl. εἶεν Il.2.372
, etc., εἴησαν Hdt.1.2
, etc.; Elean ἔα, = εἴη, SIG9 (vi B. C.), and σύν-εαν, = συνεῖεν, GDI 1149 (vi B. C.): inf. εἶναι, Arc. ἦναι SIG306.9
(Tegea, iv B. C.); [dialect] Ep. ἔμμεναι (also [dialect] Aeol. ἔμμεν' Sapph.34
), ἔμμεν (also Pi.P.6.42, S.Ant. 623 (lyr.)), ἔμεναι, ἔμεν, also ἔμειν SIG1166
([place name] Dodona); [dialect] Dor. εἶμεν Foed. ap. Th.5.77,79, IG7.1.7 ([place name] Megara), ἦμεν Test.Epict.5.16
, Tab.Heracl.1.75, Cret. ἦμεν or ἤμην Leg.Gort.1.15
, al., GDI4998i 2, al., Megar. εἴμεναι Ar.Ach. 775
, εἴμειν IG12(1).155.100
([place name] Rhodes), 14.952 ([place name] Agrigentum); εἶν ib. 12(9).211.10 ([place name] Eretria), SIG135.4 ([place name] Olynthus), etc.: part. ὤν, [dialect] Ep. ἐών, ἐοῦσα, ἐόν, Cypr. ἰών Inscr.Cypr.135.23
H.; [dialect] Boeot. fem. ἰῶσα IG 7.3172.116
(Orchom.), [dialect] Aeol. and [dialect] Dor. fem. ἔσσα Sapph.75.4
, IG4.952.2 (Epid.), Theoc.28.16, ἐοῖσα Pi.P.4.265
, ἔασσα Lyr.Alex.Adesp. 9
, Diotog. ap. Stob.4.7.62, εὖσα Erinn.5.5
(also [dialect] Ion., Herod.5.16, εὔντων 2.85
), ἐᾶσα Ti.Locr.96d
, IG5(1).1470.8 ([place name] Messene), ἴαττα Leg.Gort.8.47
; acc. sg. εὖντα Theoc.2.3
; nom. sg. εἴς in Heraclid. ap. Eust.1756.13, pl. ἔντες Tab.Heracl.1.117
; dat. pl. ἔντασσι ib.104; gen. pl. παρ-έντων Alcm. 64
: [tense] impf. ἦν Il.2.77
, etc., [dialect] Ep. ἔον (also [dialect] Aeol., Alc.127, Sapph.Oxy. 1787 Fr.3 ii 21), in [dialect] Att. ἦ (dub. in [dialect] Aeol., Alc. Supp.14.9), Ar.Pl.77, Pl.Phd. 61b, etc., but usu. altered to ἦν in codd. (and ἦν is required by metre in E. Ion 280), [var] contr. from [dialect] Ep. and [dialect] Ion. ἦα (Il.5.808, al., IG12(8).449.2 ([place name] Thasos), whence Hom.and later [dialect] Ion. ἔᾱ Il.4.321
, al., ἔας Hdt.1.187
, ἔατε Id.4.119
); [dialect] Ep. [ per.] 3sg. ἦεν, always with ν in Hom.; ἔην as [ per.] 1sg., only Il.11.762 (s. v.l., al. ἔον), freq. as [ per.] 3sg. (generally before a consonant, so that ἔεν is possible), sts. also ἤην; [ per.] 2sg. ἦσθα, later ἦς (wh. is v.l. in Pi.I.1.26), sts. in LXX (Jd. 11.35, Ru.3.2,al.), cf. Pl.Ax. 365e, Erinn.4.4, Ev.Matt.25.21, al., ἦσθας Men.Epit. 156
, [dialect] Ep. ἔησθα; [ per.] 3sg. ἦν, [dialect] Ep. ἔην, ἤην, ἦεν (v. supr.), [dialect] Dor. and [dialect] Aeol. ἦς Alc.Supp.30.1
, Epich.102, Sophr.59, Theoc.2.90, SIG241.145 (Delph.); [ per.] 3 dual ἤστην Il.5.10
, E.Hipp. 387, Ar.Eq. 982, Pl.Euthd. 272a, al.; [dialect] Dor. [ per.] 1pl. ἦμες Plu.Lyc.21
; [ per.] 2pl. ἦτε Pl.Euthd. 276c
, ἦστε Ar. Pax 821
, Ec. 1086; [ per.] 3pl. ἦσαν, [dialect] Ion. and Poet. ἔσαν (in Hes.Th. 321, 825, ἦν is not pl. for ἦσαν, but is rather a peculiarity of syntax, v. infr. v, but is [ per.] 3pl. in Epich.46, al., SIG560.15 (Epidamnus, iii B. C.)); [dialect] Aeol. ἔον Schwyzer 644.12
; later ἤμην PSI4.362.21
(iii B. C.), SIG527.46 (Crete, iii B. C.), IGRom.4.1740 ([place name] Cyme), always in LXX as Ba.1.19, cf. Ev.Matt.23.30, Plu.2.174a, etc., and sts. in codd. of earlier writers, Lys.7.34, Trag.Adesp. 124 (cited from E. Hel. 931 by Choerob. and from Id.Tr. 474 by Aps.), X.Cyr.6.1.9, Hyp.Ath.26, [ per.] 2sg. ἦσο Epigr.Gr.379
([place name] Aezani), [ per.] 3sg. ἦστο Supp.Epigr. 1.455.7
([place name] Phrygia), [ per.] 1pl. ἤμεθα PPetr.2p.11
(iii B. C.), LXX Ba.1.19, 1 Ki.25.16, Ep.Eph.2.3; subj. ὦμαι PBaden 48.12
(ii B. C.), ἦται GDI 1696, ἦνται prob. in IG5(1).1390.83 ([place name] Andania); [dialect] Ion. and [dialect] Ep. also ἔσκον, used by A.Pers. 656 (lyr.): [tense] fut. ἔσομαι, ἔσται, [dialect] Ep. and [dialect] Aeol. also ἔσσομαι, ἔσεται, ἔσσεται; [dialect] Aeol. [ per.] 2sg. ἔσσῃ prob. in Alc.67,87; [dialect] Dor. 2 and [ per.] 3sg. ἐσσῇ, ἐσσεῖται, Il.2.393, 13.317, Theoc.10.5, [ per.] 3pl. ἐσσοῦνται Foed. ap. Th.5.77 codd. (but ἔσσονται Tab.Heracl.1.113
), inf. ἐσσεῖσθαι Sophr.57
.—All forms of the [tense] pres.ind. are enclitic (exc. [ per.] 2sg. εἶ and [ per.] 3pl. ἔασι); but [ per.] 3sg. is written ἔστι when it begins a sentence or verse, or when it immediately follows οὐκ, καί, εἰ, ὡς, ἀλλά, or τοῦτ', Hdn.Gr.1.553 (also μή acc. to EM301.3); later Gramm. wrote ἔστι as Subst. Verb, Phot., Eust.880.22.

A as the Subst. Verb,

I of persons, exist, οὐκ ἔσθ' οὗτος ἀνήρ, οὐδ' ἔσσεται Od.16.437
; ἔτ' εἰσί they are still in being, 15.433, cf. S.Ph. 445, etc.; τεθνηῶτος.. μηδ' ἔτ' ἐόντος Od.1.289
; οὐκέτ' ἐστί he is no more, E.Hipp. 1162; οὐδὲ δὴν ἦν he was not long- lived, Il.6.131; ὁ οὐκ ὤν, οἱ οὐκ ὄντες, of those who are no more, Th.2.45,44; οἱ ὄντες the living, Plb.9.29.2; ὁ ὤν the Eternal, LXX Ex.3.14, al., Ph.1.289; θεοὶ αἰὲν ἐόντες Il.1.290
; ἐσσόμενοι posterity, 2.119; κἀγὼ γὰρ ἦ ποτ', ἀλλὰ νῦν οὐκ εἴμ' ἔτι E.Hec. 284
; ὡς ἂν εἶεν ἅνθρωποι might continue in being, Pl.Smp. 190c; ζώντων καὶ ὄντων Ἀθηναίων D.18.72
, cf. Arist.GC 318b25; of things, εἰ ἔστι ἀληθέως [ἡ τράπεζα] Hdt.3.17, etc.; of cities, ὄλωλεν, οὐδ' ἔτ' ἐστὶ Τροία E.Tr. 1292
, cf. Heracl. 491; δοκεῖ μοι Καρχηδόνα μὴ εἶναι censeo Carthaginem esse delendam, Plu.Cat.Ma.27; ἂν ᾖ τὸ στράτευμα be in existence, D.8.17; of money, to be in hand, τῶν ὄντων χρημάτων καὶ τῶν προσιόντων IG12.91.25
; τὰ ὄντα property, Pl.Grg. 511a, Plu.Ant.24, etc.; τὸ ἐσόμενον ἐκ .. future revenue from.., BCH46.420 (Olymos, i B. C.); of place, τὴν οὖσαν ἐκκλησίαν the local church, Act.Ap.13.1; of time, τοῦ ὄντος μηνός in the current month, BGU146.4, etc.; in office, ἱερέων τῶν ὄντων PPar.5.4
(ii B. C.); αἱ οὖσαι [ἐξουσίαι] the powers that be, Ep. Rom.13.1.

II of the real world, be, opp. become, γίγνεται πάντα ἃ δή φαμεν εἶναι Pl.Tht. 152d
, etc.; τὸ ὄν Being, Parm.8.35, Protag.2, Pl.Ti. 27d, etc.; opp. τὸ μὴ ὄν, Gorg.Fr.3 D., etc.; οὐδὲν γίνεται ἐκ τοῦ μὴ ὄντος Epicur.Ep. 1p.5U.
; ἐξ οὐκ ὄντων ἐποίησεν αὐτὰ ὁ θεός LXX 2 Ma.7.28
; τὰ ὄντα the world of things, Heraclit.7, Emp.129.5, etc.; ὄνindecl., τῶν ὂν εἰδῶν species of Being, Plot.6.2.10.

2 of circumstances, events, etc., to happen, τά τ' ἐόντα, τά τ' ἐσσόμενα, πρό τ' ἐόντα Il.1.70
; ἡ ἐσβολὴ ἔμελλεν ἔσεσθαι Th.2.13
, etc.; τῆς προδοσίας οὔσης since treachery was there, Id.4.103; ἕως ἂν ὁ πόλεμος ᾖ so long as it last, Id.1.58; αἱ σπονδαὶ ἐνιαυτὸν ἔσονται Id.4.118
; τί ἐστιν; what is it? what's the matter? Ar.Th. 193; τί οὖν ἦν τοῦτο; how came it to pass? Pl.Phd. 58a: repeated with a relat. to avoid a positive assertion, ἔστι δ' ὅπῃ νῦν ἔ. things are as they are, i.e. are ill, A.Ag.67.

III be the fact or the case, διπλασίαν ἂν τὴν δύναμιν εἰκάζεσθαι ἤ ἐστιν twice as large as it really is, Th.1.10; αὐτὸ ὅ ἐστι καλόν beauty in its essence, Pl.Smp. 211c, cf. Phd. 74b; freq. in part., τὸν ἐόντα λόγον λέγειν or φαίνειν the true story, Hdt.1.95, 116; τῷ ἐόντι χρήσασθαι tell the truth, ib. 30; τὰ ὄντα ἀπαγγέλλειν Th.7.8
; σκῆψιν οὐκ οὖσαν, λόγον οὐκ ὄντα, S.El. 584, Ar.Ra. 1052; τῷ ὄντι in reality, in fact, Pl.Prt. 328d, etc.; to apply a quotation to a case in point, τῷ ὄντι κλαυσίγελως real 'smiles through tears' (with allusion to Il.6.484), X.HG7.2.9, cf. Pl. La. 196d; κατὰ τὸ ἐόν according to the fact, rightly, Hdt.1.97; πᾶν τὸ ἐόν the whole truth, Id.9.11; τοῦ ἐόντος ἀποτεύξεται Hp.VM 2
.

IV folld. by the relat., οὐκ ἔστιν ὅς or ὅστις no one, οὐκ ἔσθ' ὃς.. ἀπαλάλκοι Il.22.348
; οὐκ ἔ. οὐδεὶς ὅς E.El. 903
; οὐκ ἔ. ὅτῳ, = οὐδενί, A.Pr. 293 (anap.), cf. 989: freq. in pl., εἰσὶν οἵ, = Lat. sunt qui, used exactly like ἔνιοι, Th.6.88, 7.44, Pl.Men. 77d, Grg. 503a, etc. ( εἰσί τινες οἵ .. Th.3.24); ἐστὶν ἃ χωρία, πολίσματα, Id.1.12,65; ἐστὶν ἃ εἰπεῖν Id.2.67
; ἦσαν οἵ X.An.5.2.14
; the sg. Verb is used even with masc. and fem. pl., ἐστὶν οἵ, αἵ, Hp.Fract.1, VC4, X.Cyr.2.3.16; more freq. in oblique cases, ποταμῶν ἐστὶ ὧν Hdt.7.187
; ἐστὶν ἀφ' ὧν Th.8.65
; ἐστὶ παρ' οἷς, ἐστὶν ἐν οἷς, Id.1.23, 5.25: in questions ὅστις is used, ἔστιν ἥντινα δόξαν.. ἀπεκρίνατο; Pl.Men. 85b: with relat. Particles, ἐστὶν ἔνθα, = Lat. est ubi, X.Cyr.7.4.15, etc.; ἐ. ὅπῃ, ἔσθ' ὅπου, somehow, somewhere, Pl.Prt. 331d, A.Eu. 517, S.OT 448, etc.; in questions expecting a neg. answer, ἐ. ὁπόθεν, ὅπως; Pl.Phlb. 35a, R. 493e, etc.; οὐ γάρ ἐσθ' ὅπως Pi.Fr.61
, cf. Hdt.7.102, A.Ag. 620; οὐκ ἔ. ὅπως οὐ in any case, necessarily, Ar. Pax 188; οὐκ ἔ. ὡς Pl. Men. 76e
, etc.; ἐ. ὅτε, ἔσθ' ὅτε, sometimes, Pi.Fr.180.2, S.Aj.56, Th. 7.21, etc.

V ἦν is sts. used with pl. masc. and fem., usu. at the beginning of a sentence, there was, τῆς δ' ἦν τρεῖς κεφαλαί Hes.Th. 321
; (but in ἦν δ' ἐρῳδιοί τε πολλοί Epich.46
, cf. 59, al., it may be taken as [dialect] Dor. [ per.] 3pl.); ἦν δ' ἀμφίπλεκτοι κλίμακες S.Tr. 520
(lyr.); ἦν ἄρα κἀκεῖνοι ταλακάρδιοι Epigr. ap. Aeschin.3.184; less freq. ἔστι, ἔστι δὲ μεταξὺ.. ἑπτὰ στάδιοι Hdt.1.26
, cf. 7.34; ἔστι.. ἄρχοντές τε καὶ δῆμος Pl.R. 463a
; before dual Nouns, Ar.V.58, Pl.Grg. 500d.

VI ἔστι impers., c. inf., it is possible, ἔστι γὰρ ἀμφοτέροισιν ὀνείδεα μυθήσασθαι Il.20.246
; ἔστι μὲν εὕδειν, ἔστι δὲ τερπομένοισιν ἀκούειν Od. 15.392
; εἴ τί πού ἐστι (sc. πιθέσθαι) 4.193; τοιάδε.. ἐστὶν ἀκοῦσαι A. Pr. 1055
(anap.); ἔστι τεκμήρια ὁρᾶν X.An.3.2.13
, cf. Ar.Ra. 1163, Aeschin.3.105, D.18.272, Arist.Ath.53.6, etc.; so in imper., opt., and subj., ἔστω ἀποφέρεσθαι τῷ βουλομένῳ IG12.10.7
; μυρία ἂν εἴη λέγειν Pl.Plt. 271e
; ὅπως ἂν ᾖ δρᾶν IG2.1054.91
: more freq. in neg. clauses, Il.6.267, etc.; folld. by ὥστε c. inf., S.Ph. 656: c. acc. et inf., ἁδόντα δ' εἴη με τοῖς ἀγαθοῖς ὁμιλεῖν Pi.P.2.96
; ἔστιν ἐκπεσεῖν ἀρχῆς Δία A.Pr. 757
: sts. not impers. in this sense, θάλασσα δ' οὐκέτ' ἦν ἰδεῖν Id.Pers. 419
.

b ἔστω in argument, let it be granted, ἔστω τοῦτο ἀληθὲς εἶναι D.H.Comp.25
; ἔστω σοι τοῦθ' οὕτως Plu.2.987b
; ἔστω εἶναί τινα τοιοῦτον D.
Chr.74.24.

B most freq., to be, the Copula connecting the predicate with the Subject, both being in the same case: hence, signify, import, τὸ γὰρ εἴρειν λέγειν ἐστίν Pl.Cra. 398d
; esp. in the phrase τοῦτ' ἔστι, hoc est; Σκαιόλαν, ὅπερ ἐστὶ Λαϊόν Plu.Publ.17
: with numerals, τὰ δὶς πέντε δέκα ἐστίν twice five are ten, X.Mem.4.4.7; εἶναί τις or τι, to be somebody, something, be of some consequence, v. τις; οὐδὲν εἶναι Pl.R. 562d, etc.

2 periphr. with the Participle to represent the finite Verb: with [tense] pf. part. once in Hom., τετληότες εἰμέν, for τετλήκαμεν, Il.5.873; so in Trag. and [dialect] Att., ἦν τεθνηκώς, for ἐτεθνήκει, A. Ag. 869; ἔσται δεδορκώς ib. 1179; εἰμὶ γεγώς S.Aj. 1299
; πεφυκός ἐστι Ar.Av. 1473
; δεδρακότες εἰσίν Th.3.68
; κατακεκονότες ἔσεσθε X.An.7.6.36
: with [tense] aor. part., once in Hom., βλήμενος ἦν Il.4.211
; so προδείσας εἰμί, οὐ σιωπήσας ἔσει; S.OT90, 1146, cf. A.Supp. 460: with [tense] pres. part., ἦν προκείμενον Id.Pers. 371
; φεύγων Ὀρέστης ἐστίν Id.Ch. 136
; εἴην οὐκ ἂν εὖ φρονῶν S.Aj. 1330
; τί δ' ἐστί.. φέρον; Id.OT 991, cf. 274, 708; λέγων ἐστίν τις E.Hec. 1179
; ἦν τίς σ' ὑβρίζων Id.HF 313
; πόρρω ἤδη εἶ πορευόμενος Pl.Ly. 204b
; βαδίζων εἰμί Ar.Ra. 36
; freq. in Hdt., ἦσαν ἱέντες 1.57
, al.; even εἰσὶ διάφοροι ἐόντες 3.49
(s.v.l.):— if the Art. is joined with the Part., the noun is made emphatic, Κᾶρές εἰσι οἱ καταδέξαντες the persons who showed her were Carians, Id.1.171; αὐτὸς ἦν ὁ μαρτυρῶν A.Eu. 798
; δόλος ἦν ὁ φράσας S.El. 197
(anap.).

C εἶναι is freq. modified in sense by the addition of Advbs., or the cases of Nouns without or with Preps.:

I εἶναι with Advbs., where the Adv. often merely represents a Noun and stands as the predicate, ἅλις δέ οἱ ἦσαν ἄρουραι Il.14.122
, etc.; ἀκέων, ἀκήν εἶναι, to be silent, 4.22, Od.2.82; σῖγα πᾶς ἔστω λεώς E.Hec. 532
; διαγνῶναι χαλεπῶς ἦν ἄνδρα ἕκαστον Il.7.424
; ἀσφαλέως ἡ κομιδὴ ἔσται will go on safely, Hdt.4.134; ἐγγύς, πόρρω εἶναι, Th.6.88, Pl.Prt. 356e: freq. impers. with words implying good or ill fortune, Κουρήτεσσι κακῶς ἦν it fared ill with them, Il.9.551; εὖ γὰρ ἔσται E.Med.89
, cf. Ar.Pl. 1188, etc.; ἡδέως ἂν αὐτοῖς εἴη D.59.30
.

II c. gen., to express descent or extraction, πατρὸς δ' εἴμ' ἀγαθοῖο Il.21.109
; αἵματός εἰς ἀγαθοῖο Od. 4.611
, cf. Hdt.3.71, Th.2.71, etc.; πόλεως μεγίστης εἶ X.An.7.3.19
.

b to express the material of which a thing is made, ἡ κρηπίς ἐστι λίθων μεγάλων consists of.., Hdt.1.93; τῆς πόλιος ἐούσης δύο φαρσέων ib. 186; τοιούτων ἔργων ἐστὶ ἡ τυραννίς is made up of.., Id.5.92.ή, etc.

c to express the class to which a person or thing belongs, εἶ γὰρ τῶν φίλων you are one of them, Ar.Pl. 345; ἐτύγχανε βουλῆς ὤν Th.3.70
; ὅσοι ἦσαν τῶν προτέρων στρατιωτῶν Id.7.44
; Κριτίας τῶν τριάκοντα ὤν X.Mem.1.2.31
; ἔστι τῶν αἰσχρῶν it is in the class of disgraceful things, i. e. it is disgraceful, D.2.2.

d to express that a thing belongs to another, Τροίαν Ἀχαιῶν οὖσαν A.Ag. 269
; τὸ πεδίον ἦν μέν κοτε Χορασμίων Hdt.3.117
, etc.: hence, to be of the party of, ἦσαν.. τινὲς μὲν φιλίππου, τινὲς δὲ τοῦ βελτίστου D.9.56
, cf. 37.53; to be de pendent upon, S.Ant. 737, etc.; to be at the mercy of, ἔστι τοῦ λέγοντος, ἢν φόβους λέγῃ Id.OT 917
.

e to express one's duty, business, custom, nature, and the like , οὔτοι γυναικός ἐστι 'tis not a woman's part, A.Ag. 940; τὸ ἐπιτιμᾶν παντὸς εἶναι D.1.16
; τὸ δὲ ναυτικὸν τέχνης ἐστίν is matter of art, requires art, Th.1.142, cf.83.

f in LXX, to be occupied about, ἦσαν τοῦ θύειν 2 Ch.30.17
; ἔσεσθαι, c. gen., to be about to, ἐσόμεθα τοῦ σῶσαί σε 2 Ki.10.11
.

III with the dat., ἐστί μοι I have, freq. in Hom., etc.

2 with two dats., σφίσι τε καὶ Ἀθηναίοισι εἶναι οὐδὲν πρῆγμα that they and the Athenians have nothing to do one with another, Hdt.5.84; μηδὲν εἶναι σοὶ καὶ φιλίππῳ πρᾶγμα D.18.283
; more shortly, σοί τε καὶ τούτοισι πρήγμασι τί ἐστι; Hdt.5.33; τί τῷ νόμῳ καὶ τῇ βασάνῳ; D.29.36; τί ἐμοὶ καὶ σοί; Lat. quid tecum est mihi? Ev.Marc.5.7, etc.; also ἐμοὶ οὐδὲν πρὸς τοὺς τοιούτους (sc. ἐστίν) Isoc.4.12; ἐν οἷς πρὸς τοὺς ἐναντίους ἐστὶ τῷ δήμῳ D.18.278
; ἔσται αὐτῳ πρὸς τὸν θεόν, in tomb inscriptions, JHS18.113, etc.

3 with ἄσμενος, βουλόμενος, etc., added, ἐμοὶ δέ κεν ἀσμένῳ εἴη 'twould be to my delight, Il.14.108; οὐκ ἂν σφίσι βουλομένοις εἶναι Th.7.35
; προσδεχομένῳ Id.6.46
; θέλοντι S.OT 1356
(lyr.); ἡδομένοις Pl.La. 187c
.

IV with Preps., εἶναι ἀπό τινος, = εἶναί τινος (supr. 11.a), X.Mem.1.6.9; εἰσὶν ἀπ' ἐναντίων αὗται πραγμάτων Pl.Phlb. 12d
; but εἶναι ἀπ' οἴκου to be away from.., Th.1.99.

2 εἶναι ἔκ τινος to be sprung from, εἴμ' ἐκ Παιονίης, Μυρμιδόνων ἔξ εἰμι, Il.21.154, 24.397, etc.; ἔστιν ἐξ ἀνάγκης it is of necessity, i. e. necessary, Pl.Sph. 256d.

3 εἶναι ἐν .. to be in a certain state, ἐν εὐπαθείῃσι Hdt.1.22
; ἐν ἀθυμία, etc., Th.6.46, etc.; ἐν ταραχαῖς D.18.218
; εἶναι ἐν ἀξιώματι to be in esteem, Th.1.130; οἱ ἐν τέλεϊ ἐόντες those in office, Hdt.3.18, etc.; but εἶναι ἐν τέχνῃ, ἐν φιλοσοφία to be engaged in.., S.OT 562, Pl.Phd. 59a.

b ἐν σοί ἐστι it depends on thee, Hdt.6.109, S.Ph. 963; ἐν σοὶ γάρ ἐσμεν Id.OT 314
; so also ἐπί τινι Id.Ph. 1003
, X.Cyr.1.6.2, etc.

4 εἶναι διά .., much like εἶναι ἐν .., εἶναι διὰ φόβου, = φοβεῖσθαι, Th.6.34; εἶναι δι' ὄχλου, = ὀχληρὸν εἶναι, Id.1.73; εἶναι διὰ μόχθων X.Cyr.1.6.25
; εἶναι δι' αἰτίας, = αἰτιᾶσθαι, D.H.1.70; Geom., pass through, διὰ τᾶς ἑτέρας διαμέτρου ἐόντος τοῦ ἐπιπέδου Archim.Con.Sph.20
.

5 εἶναι ἐφ' ἑαυτῆς to be by oneself, D.25.23; εἶναι ἐπὶ ὀνόματος to bear a name, Id.39.21; εἶναι ἐπὶ τοῖς πράγμασιν to be engaged in.., Id.2.12; εἶναι ἐπί τινα to be against him, Id.6.33; εἶναι ἐφ' ἑξήκοντα στάδια to reach sixty stadia, X.An.4.6.11; εἶναι ἐπὶ τὰς ἁφάς pass through the points of contact, Apollon. Perg.Con.4.1; εἶναι ἐπί τινι, v. supr. 3 b.

6 εἶναι πρός τινος to be in one's favour, Th.4.10,29, etc.; to suit, X.An. 1.2.11, etc.; εἶναι πρός τινι engaged in, Pl.Phd. 84c, Philostr.VA5.31; πρὸς τοῖς ἰδίοις mind one's own affairs, Arist.Pol. 1309a6, Ath.16.3; εἶναι πρὸς τὸ κωλύειν Plb.1.26.3
; πρὸς τὸ πονεῖν Telesp.46 H.; εἶναι περί τι X.An.3.5.7
, etc.

7 εἶναι παρά τινι or τινα, = παρειναι, Id.Cyr.6.2.15, Hdt.8.140.ά (s.v.l.).

8 εἶναι ὑπό τινα or τινι to be subject to.., X.HG5.2.17 (s.v.l.), 6.2.4.

9 περὶ τούτων ἐστίν that is the question, Men.Epit.30.

10 εἶναι ἀπό .., in Geom., to be constructed upon, Archim.Sph.Cyl.2.9, Con.Sph.7.

D ἐστί is very freq. omitted, mostly in the [tense] pres. ind. before certain predicates, as ἀνάγκη, ἄξιον, δυνατόν, εἰκός, ἕτοιμον, οἷόν τε, ῥᾴδιον, χρεών, etc., and after the neut. of Verbals in - τέος, and such forms as θαυμαστὸν ὅσον: less freq. with other persons and moods, εἰμί omitted, S.OT92, Aj. 813; εἶ, Od.4.206; ἐσμέν, S.Ant. 634; ἐστέ, Od.10.463; εἰσί, S.OT 499 (lyr.), IG2.778 B; subj. ᾖ, Il.14.376, E.Hipp. 659, Antipho 5.32; opt. εἴη, IG22.1183.12; [tense] impf. ἦν, ib.2.778 B; [tense] fut. ἔσονται, Od.14.394.

E the Inf. freq. seems redundant,

1 in phrases implying power or will to do a thing, ἑκὼν εἶναι (v. ἑκών) κατὰ δύναμιν εἶναι Is.2.32
; εἰς δύναμιν εἶναι Pl.Plt. 300c
; τὸ ἐπ' ἐκείνοις εἶναι, quantum in illis esset, Th.8.48, X.HG3.5.9, cf. Lys.13.58; τὸ ἐπὶ σφᾶς εἶναι Th.4.28
; τὸ κατὰ τοῦτον εἶναι X.An.1.6.9
; κατὰ τοῦτο εἶναι Pl.Prt. 317a
; τὸ τήμερον, τὸ νῦν εἶναι, Id.Cra. 396e, La. 201c, Theopomp. Com.98, Decr. ap. Arist.Ath.31.2, etc.

2 after Verbs of naming or choosing, σοφιστὴν ὀνομάζουσι τὸν ἄνδρα εἶναι Pl.Prt. 311e
; σύμμαχόν μιν εἵλοντο εἶναι Hdt.8.134
; of giving, δῶκε ξεινήϊον εἶναι Il. 11.20
.

F [tense] impf. ἦνissts. used where other languages take the [tense] pres.,

1 after ἄρα, to express a fact which is and has always been the same, δέρμα δὲ ἀνθρώπου.. ἦν ἄρα σχεδὸν δερμάτων πάντων λαμπρότατον human skin then it appears is.., Hdt.4.64; Κύπρις οὐκ ἄρ' ἦν θεός E. Hipp. 359
; ὡς ἄρ' ἦσθ' ἐμὸς πατὴρ ὀρθῶς ib. 1169; ἦ πολύμοχθον ἄρ' ἦν γένος.. ἁμερίων Id.IA 1330
; ἦ στωμύλος ἦσθα Theoc.5.79
; so also when there is reference to a past thought, τουτὶ τί ἦν; what is this? Ar.Ach. 157, cf. Pl.Cra. 387c: so in the Aristotelian formula τὸ τί ἦν εἶναι (APo.82b38, al.), used to express the essential nature of a thing, where τί ἦν (for ἐστί) takes the place of the dat. in such phrases as τὸ ἀγαθῷ εἶναι, τὸ μεγέθει εἶναι, APr.67b12, de An.429b10.

G ἐγώ εἰμι, in LXX, pleonastic for ἐγώ, ἐγώ εἰμι οὐχ ἥμαρτον Jd. 11.27
, cf. 6.18; also ἔσται πᾶς ἀποκτενεῖ με Ge.4.14
.

Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > εἰμί
51 stykke

act, bar, bit, cake, length, piece, quarter, stretch, tablet

* * *

I. (et -r) piece,

( mindre) bit;

( afskåren skive) slice ( fx of bread, of meat),

( udskåret stykke af kød) cut;

( del af strækning) part ( fx walk part of the way);

( af jernbanelinie) section;

( stykke vej) distance, way;

( lille mark) patch ( fx a patch of rye, of beans);

( tekststykke) passage ( fx a famous passage from King Lear);

( del af paragraf) subsection;

( afsnit af tekstside) paragraph;

( avisartikel) piece, article;

( regnestykke) problem,

( addition, T) sum;

( dyr ved optælling) head ( fx 20 head of cattle);

( kanon) gun, piece;

( maleri; komposition; genstand i samling) piece;

( skuespil) play,

T piece;

(af appelsin etc) segment;

[ nogle stykker] some, a few;

[ en 30 stykker] some thirty, about thirty;

[ et par stykker] one or two, a couple;

[ 10 pence stykket (el. pr. stk)] 10 p. each,

F 10 p. apiece;

(se også blæse, II. regne, stiv);

[ med sb:]

[ et stykke arbejde] a piece of work, a job;

[ et stykke brød] a piece (, afskåret også: slice) of bread,

( tykt, T) a hunk of bread;

[ et stykke chokolade]

( fyldt) a chocolate,

( brækket af) a piece of chocolate,

( plade) a block of chocolate,

( aflang) a bar of chocolate;

[ et stykke jord] a plot of land;

[ et stykke mad] a piece of bread and butter,

( sammenlagt) a sandwich;

[ et stykke papir] a piece of paper;

[ et stykke sukker] a lump (el. cube) of sugar;

[ et stykke sæbe] a tablet of soap;

[ et stykke tid] some time;

[ et stykke vej] some distance;

[ et godt stykke vej] a fair distance;

[ med præp:]

[ han er et stykke af en digter] he is something of a poet;

[ der går ingen stykker af dig for det] what harm can it do you?

[ et stykke af vejen] part of the way;

[ stykke for stykke] piece by piece, bit by bit;

[ i stykker] broken,

( i uorden) out of order ( fx the lift is out of order), not

working,

T on the blink;

[ brække i stykker] break (to pieces);

[ gå i stykker] go (el. come) to pieces, break,

(om maskine etc) break down ( fx the washing machine broke down),

T go on the blink;

(i tale etc) break down;

( blive ødelagt, svækket) go to pieces;

( om ægteskab) break down, go on the rocks;

[ forlovelsen gik i stykker] the engagement was broken off;

[ planen gik i stykker på at] the scheme broke down over the fact that;

[ rive noget i stykker] tear something to pieces, tear something up;

[ skære i stykker] cut (in)to pieces, cut up;

[ slå i stykker] break,

( voldsomt) smash, dash to pieces,

( stærkere) shatter;

(fig) break up ( fx their friendship (, marriage), his life), wreck

( fx their plans),

( stærkere, F) shatter ( fx his illusions, his life);

( om pengeseddel: veksle) change ( fx can you change a £10 note for me?),

( begynde at bruge) break (el. cut) into ( fx I don't want to break

(el. cut) into my last £10 note);

[obligationer i stykker på £100] bonds in denominations of £100;

[ når det kommer til stykket] after all; when it comes to the point (, T: crunch); when all is said and done.

II. vb:

[ stykke noget sammen] piece something together,

( som et puslespil) jigsaw something together;

[ stykke ud] parcel out.

Danish-English dictionary > stykke
52 formar

v.

1 to form.

Sus manos formaron bolitas Her hands formed little balls.

formar una bola con algo to make something into a ball

formar un equipo to make up a team

formar una asociación cultural to set up a cultural organization

formar parte de to form o be part of

forma parte del equipo she's a member of the team

2 to train, to educate.

Los maestros forman a los alumnos The teachers educated the students.

3 to form up (military).

4 to fall in (military).

¡a formar! fall in!

5 to instruct, to shape.

El entrenador formó a los jugadores The coach instructed the players.

* * *

formar

► verbo transitivo

1 (gen) to form

2 (integrar, constituir) to form, constitute

■ formar parte de algo to be a part of something

3 (educar) to bring up

4 (enseñar) to educate

► verbo intransitivo

1 MILITAR (colocarse) to form up

► verbo pronominal formarse

1 (desarrollarse) to grow, develop

2 (educarse) to be educated, be trained

\

FRASEOLOGÍA

¡a formar! MILITAR fall in!

* * *

verb

1) to form

2) educate, train

3) constitute

•

- formarse

* * *

1. VT

1) [+ figura] to form, make

los barracones se disponen formando un cuadrado — the barrack huts are arranged forming o making a square

los curiosos formaron un círculo a su alrededor — the onlookers formed o made a circle around him

2) (=crear) [+ organización, partido, alianza] to form

las personas interesadas en formar un club — people interested in forming a club

formar gobierno — to form a government

¿cómo se forma el subjuntivo? — how do you form the subjunctive?

quieren casarse y formar una familia — they want to get married and start a family

3) (=constituir) to make up

los chiitas forman el 60% de la población — the Shiites make up o form 60% of the population

la plantilla la forman 94 bomberos — there are 94 firefighters on the staff

las dos juntas formaban un dúo de humoristas insuperable — the two of them together made an unbeatable comedy duo

formamos un buen equipo — we make a good team

formar equipo con algn — to join forces with sb

• estar formado por — to be made up of

la asociación está formada por parados y amas de casa — the association is made up of unemployed and housewives

• formar parte de — to be part of

nuestros soldados formarán parte de las tropas de paz — our soldiers will be part of the peace-keeping force

el edificio forma parte del recinto de la catedral — the building is o forms part of the cathedral precinct

sus obras no formarán parte de la colección — his works will not be part of the collection

4) (=enseñar) [+ personal, monitor, técnico] to train; [+ alumno] to educate

5) [+ juicio, opinión] to form

6) (Mil) to order to fall in

el sargento formó a los reclutas — the sergeant had the recruits fall in, the sergeant ordered the recruits to fall in

2. VI

1) (Mil) to fall in

¡a formar! — fall in!

2) (Dep) to line up

los equipos formaron así:... — the teams lined up as follows:...

3.

See:

formarse

* * *
1.
verbo transitivo

1)

a) personas <círculo/figura> to make, form; <asociación/gobierno> to form, set up; barricada to set up

formen parejas — ( en clase) get into pairs o twos; ( en baile) take your partners

b) (Ling) to form

c) (Mil) < tropas> to have... fall in

2) ( componer) to make up

formar parte de algo — to be part of something, to belong to something

está formada por tres provincias — it is made up of o it comprises three provinces

forman un ángulo recto — they form o make a right angle

3) <carácter/espíritu> to form, shape

4) ( educar) to bring up; ( para trabajo) to train
2.
formar vi (Mil) to fall in

a formar! — fall in!
3.
formarse v pron

1)

a) (hacerse, crearse) to form

se formó una cola — a line (AmE) o (BrE) queue formed

b) ( desarrollarse) niño/huesos to develop

c) <idea/opinión> to form

se ha formado una impresión errónea — he has got the wrong impression

2) ( educarse) to be educated

* * *

= fall into, form, make up, train, coach, make, populate, pull together, groom.

Ex. Certain words may fall into a short list of 35 common words such as analysis, which do not give rise to inversion within the cross-reference.

Ex. Formed in 1969, the first operational system was implemented in 1972-3.

Ex. Each volume is make up of several issues which appear in the next lower level.

Ex. The larger abstracting organisations train their own abstractors.

Ex. The rapidly changing environment is forcing many librarians to seek new strategies for coaching researchers through the maze of electronic information sources = Los continuos cambios de nuestro entorno están obligando a muchos bibliotecarios a encontrar nuevas estrategias para guiar a los investigadores por el laberinto de las fuentes de información electrónicas.

Ex. This concept comes mainly from the military, where a designated number of troops make a squad, a platoon, a regiment, etc..

Ex. One way librarians can add value is by carefully selecting, evaluating, and describing the resources that populate their Internet collections.

Ex. This library decided to launch an attack on illiteracy by pulling together a variety of approaches to learning to read.

Ex. Iran is trying to form an unholy alliance with al-Qaeda by grooming a new generation of leaders to take over from Osama bin Laden.

----

* a medio formar = half-formed.

* entrar a formar parte de = enter in.

* formado por británicos = British-trained.

* formar el núcleo = form + the nucleus.

* formar en su conjunto = weave + to form.

* formar fila = line up.

* formar la base = form + the foundation.

* formar la base de = form + the basis of.

* formar parejas = pair up, pair off.

* formar parte = form + part.

* formar parte de = be part of, build into, enter into, become + (a) part of, be a part of, inhere in, become + one with, inform, fall under.

* formar parte del paisaje = blend into + the landscape.

* formar parte de un comité = serve on + committee.

* formar parte integral = form + an integral part.

* formar parte integral de = be part and parcel of, be an integral part of.

* formar parte natural de su entorno = blend into + the landscape.

* formar personal = produce + personnel.

* formar remolinos = swirl.

* formarse = shape up.

* formarse una opinión = form + impression.

* formar una cola = form + queue.

* formar una colección = build + collection.

* formar un comité = set up + committee.

* formar un consorcio = form + consortium.

* formar un grupo = set up + group.

* formar un grupo de presión = form + lobby.

* formar un piquete frente a = picket.

* integrar formando un todo = articulate.

* llamamiento para formar parte de un jurado = jury duty.

* piedra + charca + formar + ondas = stone + pond + cast + ripples.

* que forma parte de la cultura = culturally-embedded.

* que forma parte en = involved in.

* seda formando aguas = watered silk.

* volver a formarse = reform.

* * *
1.
verbo transitivo

1)

a) personas <círculo/figura> to make, form; <asociación/gobierno> to form, set up; barricada to set up

formen parejas — ( en clase) get into pairs o twos; ( en baile) take your partners

b) (Ling) to form

c) (Mil) < tropas> to have... fall in

2) ( componer) to make up

formar parte de algo — to be part of something, to belong to something

está formada por tres provincias — it is made up of o it comprises three provinces

forman un ángulo recto — they form o make a right angle

3) <carácter/espíritu> to form, shape

4) ( educar) to bring up; ( para trabajo) to train
2.
formar vi (Mil) to fall in

a formar! — fall in!
3.
formarse v pron

1)

a) (hacerse, crearse) to form

se formó una cola — a line (AmE) o (BrE) queue formed

b) ( desarrollarse) niño/huesos to develop

c) <idea/opinión> to form

se ha formado una impresión errónea — he has got the wrong impression

2) ( educarse) to be educated

* * *

= fall into, form, make up, train, coach, make, populate, pull together, groom.

Ex: Certain words may fall into a short list of 35 common words such as analysis, which do not give rise to inversion within the cross-reference.

Ex: Formed in 1969, the first operational system was implemented in 1972-3.

Ex: Each volume is make up of several issues which appear in the next lower level.

Ex: The larger abstracting organisations train their own abstractors.

Ex: The rapidly changing environment is forcing many librarians to seek new strategies for coaching researchers through the maze of electronic information sources = Los continuos cambios de nuestro entorno están obligando a muchos bibliotecarios a encontrar nuevas estrategias para guiar a los investigadores por el laberinto de las fuentes de información electrónicas.

Ex: This concept comes mainly from the military, where a designated number of troops make a squad, a platoon, a regiment, etc..

Ex: One way librarians can add value is by carefully selecting, evaluating, and describing the resources that populate their Internet collections.

Ex: This library decided to launch an attack on illiteracy by pulling together a variety of approaches to learning to read.

Ex: Iran is trying to form an unholy alliance with al-Qaeda by grooming a new generation of leaders to take over from Osama bin Laden.

* a medio formar = half-formed.

* entrar a formar parte de = enter in.

* formado por británicos = British-trained.

* formar el núcleo = form + the nucleus.

* formar en su conjunto = weave + to form.

* formar fila = line up.

* formar la base = form + the foundation.

* formar la base de = form + the basis of.

* formar parejas = pair up, pair off.

* formar parte = form + part.

* formar parte de = be part of, build into, enter into, become + (a) part of, be a part of, inhere in, become + one with, inform, fall under.

* formar parte del paisaje = blend into + the landscape.

* formar parte de un comité = serve on + committee.

* formar parte integral = form + an integral part.

* formar parte integral de = be part and parcel of, be an integral part of.

* formar parte natural de su entorno = blend into + the landscape.

* formar personal = produce + personnel.

* formar remolinos = swirl.

* formarse = shape up.

* formarse una opinión = form + impression.

* formar una cola = form + queue.

* formar una colección = build + collection.

* formar un comité = set up + committee.

* formar un consorcio = form + consortium.

* formar un grupo = set up + group.

* formar un grupo de presión = form + lobby.

* formar un piquete frente a = picket.

* integrar formando un todo = articulate.

* llamamiento para formar parte de un jurado = jury duty.

* piedra + charca + formar + ondas = stone + pond + cast + ripples.

* que forma parte de la cultura = culturally-embedded.

* que forma parte en = involved in.

* seda formando aguas = watered silk.

* volver a formarse = reform.

* * *

formar [A1 ]

vt

A

1 «personas» ‹círculo/figura› to make, form; ‹asociación› to form, set up

formen fila a la entrada, por favor form a line o ( BrE) queue at the entrance, please

los estudiantes formaron barricadas the students set up barricades

formar parejas (en una clase) get into pairs o twos; (en un baile) take your partners

formar gobierno to form a government

el partido se formó a principios de siglo the party came into being o was formed at the turn of the century

se formaron varios comandos terroristas en la zona several terrorist cells were established in the area

2 ( Ling) to form

palabras que forman el plural añadiendo una `s' words which form the plural by adding an `s'

3 ( Mil) ‹tropas› to have … fall in, order … to fall in

B (componer) to make up

está formada por tres provincias it is made up of o it comprises three provinces

al juntarse forman un ángulo recto they form o make a right angle where they meet

las distintas partes forman un todo indivisible the separate elements make up o form an indivisible whole

el jurado está formado por nueve personas the jury is made up of nine people

C ‹carácter/espíritu› to form, shape

■ formar

vi

to fall in

batallón: ¡a formar! squad, fall in!

■ formarse

v pron

A

1 (hacerse, crearse) to form

se ha formado hielo en las carreteras ice has formed on the roads

se formó una cola de varios kilómetros a tailback several kilometers long built up

2 (desarrollarse) «niño/huesos» to develop

3 (forjarse) to form

formarse una idea/opinión to form an idea/opinion

creo que se ha formado una impresión errónea I think he has got the wrong impression

B (educarse) to be educated

* * *

formar ( conjugate formar) verbo transitivo
1
a) ( crear) ‹círculo/figura› to make, form;

‹asociación/gobierno› to form, set up;
‹ barricada› to set up;
◊ ¡formen parejas! ( en clase) get into pairs o twos!;

( en baile) take your partners!
b) (Ling) to form

c) (Mil) ‹ tropas› to have … fall in

2 ( componer) to make up;
◊ un equipo formado por cinco personas a team made up of five people;

formar parte de algo to be part of sth, to belong to sth
3 ‹carácter/espíritu› to form, shape
4 ( educar) to bring up;
( para trabajo) to train
verbo intransitivo (Mil) to fall in
formarse verbo pronominal
1
a) (hacerse, crearse) [grupo/organismo] to form;

◊ se formó una cola a line (AmE) o (BrE) queue formed

b) ( desarrollarse) [niño/huesos] to develop

c) ‹idea/opinión› to form

2 ( educarse) to be educated;
( para trabajo) to be trained
formar verbo transitivo
1 to form
2 (criar) to bring up
(instruir) to educate, train
' formar' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
adherirse
- agruparse
- componer
- constituir
- correligionaria
- correligionario
- integrar
- piña
- sindicar
- a
- abultar
- agrupar
- capacitar
- emparejar
- hogar
- pareja
- parte
- pertenecer
- sindicalizarse
English:
coalition
- come under
- do
- form
- marshal
- more
- most
- pair up
- preclude
- shall
- shape
- should
- split off
- to
- train
- will
- arch
- co-opt
- draw
- eddy
- fall
- make
- mold
- muster
- pair
- parade
- picket
- put
- ring

* * *

formar

♦ vt

1. [hacer] to form;

formar una bola con algo to make sth into a ball;

formar un equipo to make up a team;

formar gobierno to form a government;

formó una asociación cultural he set up a cultural organization;

los manifestantes formaron una cadena the demonstrators formed a human chain;

formar parte de to form o be part of;

forma parte del equipo del colegio she's a member of the school team

2. [educar] to train, to educate

3. Mil to form up

♦ vi
Mil to fall in;
¡a formar! fall in!

♦ See also the pronominal verb formarse

* * *

formar

v/t

1 form; asociación form, set up

2 ( educar) educate

* * *

formar vt

1) : to form, to make

2) constituir: to constitute, to make up

3) : to train, to educate

♦ See also the reflexive verb formarse

* * *

formar vb

1. (crear) to form / to make

hemos formado un estupendo grupo de amigos we've made a great group of friends

2. (educar hijos) to bring up [pt. & pp. brought]

3. (educar alumnos) to educate / to train

formar parte de algo to be part of something

Spanish-English dictionary > formar
53 confero

confĕro, contŭli, collātum (conl-), conferre, v. a.
I.
To bring, bear, or carry together, to collect, gather (freq. and class.).
A.
In gen.:
ligna circa casam,
Nep. Alcib. 10, 4:
arma,
Vell. 2, 114, 4:
cibos ore suo (aves),
Quint. 2, 6, 7:
undique collatis membris,
Hor. A. P. 3 al.:
sarcinas in unum locum,
Caes. B. G. 1, 24; cf. id. ib. 2, 25:
collatis militaribus signis,
id. ib. 7, 2:
ut premerer sacrā Lauroque collatāque myrto,
Hor. C. 3, 4, 19:
quo (sc. in proximum horreum) omne rusticum instrumentum,
Col. 1, 6, 7:
illuc (sc. in castella) parentes et conjuges,
Tac. A. 4, 46 fin.:
dentes in corpore (canes),
Ov. M. 3, 236:
materiam omnem, antequam dicere ordiamur,
Quint. 3, 9, 8:
summas (scriptorum) in commentarium et capita,
id. 10, 7, 32:
plura opera in unam tabulam,
id. 8, 5, 26:
quae in proximos quinque libros conlata sunt,
id. 8, prooem. 1: res Romanas Graeco peregrinoque sermone in historiam, Just. pr. 1; cf. Suet. Caes. 44; cf. I. B. 5. infra.; Quint. 4, 1, 23:
rogus inimicis collatus manibus,
Petr. 115 fin. —
B.
In partic.
1.
To collect money, treasures, etc., for any object, to bring offerings, contribute:
dona mihi,
Plaut. Men. 1, 2, 20:
contulit aes populus,
Ov. F. 4, 351;
so freq. on monuments: AERE CONLATO,
Inscr. Orell. 3648; 74; Suet. Aug. 59:
EX AERE CONLATO,
Inscr. Orell. 3991:
aurum argentumque in publicum,
Liv. 28, 36, 3:
munera ei,
Nep. Ages. 7, 3:
tributa quotannis ex censu,
Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 53, § 131:
conferre eo minus tributi,
Liv. 5, 20, 5:
in commune,
Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 59, § 145; id. Quint. 3, 12:
quadringena talenta quotannis Delum,
Nep. Arist. 3, 1:
(pecunia) ad ejus honores conlata,
Cic. Fl. 25, 59:
ad honorem tuum pecunias maximas contulisse,
id. Verr. 2, 2, 65, § 157:
sextantes in capita,
Liv. 2, 33, 11:
pecunias,
Suet. Caes. 19; id. Aug. 57; 30; Just. 3, 6:
vinum alius, alius mel,
Dig. 41, 1, 7; 47, 7, 3 pr.:
sua bona in medium,
ib. 37, 6, 1 pr.:
magnam partem patrimonii alicui rei,
ib. 50, 4, 5:
cum et Socrati collatum sit ad victum,
Quint. 12, 7, 9.— Absol.:
nos dabimus, nos conferemus, nostro sumptu, non tuo,
Plaut. Most. 5, 2, 39.—Hence,
b.
Trop., like the Gr. sumpherô (v. Lidd. and Scott in h. v. 5.), to be useful, profitable, to profit, serve, be of use to ( = prosum; cf. also conduco, II.; post-Aug., and only in the third person; most freq. in Quint.); constr. with ad, in, the dat., inf., or absol.
(α).
With ad:
naturane plus ad eloquentiam conferat an doctrina,
Quint. 2, 19, 1; so id. 1, 8, 7; 2, 5, 1; 3, 6, 7 al.; Cels. 6, 6, 1; Col. 12, prooem. § 6; Suet. Tib. 4.—
* (β).
With in:
rursus in alia plus prior (exercitatio) confert,
Quint. 10, 7, 26.—
(γ).
With dat.:
Gracchorum eloquentiae multum contulisse matrem,
Quint. 1, 1, 6; so id. prooem. § 6; 2, 9, 2; 3, 7, 12 al.; Plin. 20, 6, 23, § 54; 20, 23, 98, § 261; 29, 1, 6, § 13; Suet. Vesp. 6.—
(δ).
With subj. inf.:
incipiente incremento confert alterna folia circum obruere,
Plin. 19, 5, 26, § 83.—
(ε).
Absol.:
multum veteres etiam Latini conferunt, imprimis copiam verborum,
Quint. 1, 8, 8; 2, 5, 16; 4, 2, 123 al.; cf. Sillig ad Plin. 35, 10, 36, § 67.—
2.
To bring into connection, to unite, join, connect:
membris collatis, of an embrace,
Lucr. 4, 1101; cf.
ora,
App. M. 5, p. 161, 17:
fontes e quibus collatae aquae flumen emittunt,
Curt. 7, 11, 3: capita, to lay heads together (in conferring, deliberating, etc.), Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 12, § 31; Liv. 2, 45, 7: pedem, to go or come with one, Plaut. Merc. 5, 2, 41; so,
gradum ( = congredi),
id. Men. 3, 3, 30; id. Ps. 2, 4, 17; Verg. A. 6, 488.—Of chemical union:
dissimiles et dispares res in unam potestatem,
Vitr. 2, 6, 4.—
b.
Trop.:
collatis viribus,
Plin. Ep. 8, 14, 17; cf.:
conferre vires in unum,
Liv. 33, 19, 7:
collata omnium vota in unius salutem,
Plin. Pan. 23, 5:
e singulis frustis collata oratio,
Quint. 8, 5, 27; cf. id. 2, 9, 3:
velut studia inter nos conferebamus,
id. 4, prooem. § 1.— So esp. of conferences, consultations, etc., to consult together, confer, consider or talk over together:
si quid res feret, coram inter nos conferemus,
Cic. Att. 1, 20, 1:
sollicitudines nostras inter nos,
id. Fam. 6, 21, 2:
rationes,
id. Att 5, 21, 12: familiares sermones cum aliquo, to unite in familiar conversation with, id. Off. 2, 11, 39:
cum hoc in viā sermonem contulit,
id. Inv. 2, 4, 14; cf.:
cum aliquo aut sermones aut consilia,
id. Phil. 2, 15, 38:
consilia ad adulescentes,
Ter. Heaut. 3, 1, 64; cf.:
consilia dispersim antea habita,
Suet. Caes. 80:
injurias,
to deliberate together concerning, Tac. Agr. 15; Cael. ap. Cic. Fam. 8, 15, 2.— Absol.:
omnes sapientes decet conferre et fabulari,
Plaut. Rud. 2, 3, 8.—With a rel.clause:
fusi contulerimus inter nos... quid finis,
Cic. Fin. 2, 2, 4:
ibi conferentibus, quid animorum Hispanis esset,
Liv. 27, 20, 4.—
3.
To bring or join together in a hostile manner, to set together (most freq. in milit. lang.):
(Galli) cum Fontejo ferrum ac manus contulerunt,
Cic. Font. 5, 12 (1, 2):
signa cum Alexandrinis,
id. Pis. 21, 49; cf.:
collatis signis depugnare,
Plaut. Cas. 2, 5, 44; Cic. Imp. Pomp. 23, 66:
arma cum aliquo,
Nep. Eum. 11, 5; 3, 6; cf.:
arma inter se,
Liv. 21, 1, 2:
castra cum hoste,
id. 26, 12, 14; cf.:
castra castris,
id. 23, 28, 9; 8, 23, 9; Cic. Div. 2, 55, 114; Caes. B. C. 3, 79:
pedem cum pede,
to fight foot to foot, Liv. 28, 2, 6; cf.:
pede conlato,
id. 6, 12, 10; 10, 29, 6; 26, 39, 12 al.:
gradum cum aliquo,
id. 7, 33, 11:
pectora luctantia nexu pectoribus,
Ov. M. 6, 242:
stat conferre manum Aeneae,
Verg. A. 12, 678:
prima movet Cacus collatā proelia dextrā,
Ov. F. 1, 569:
collatis cursibus hastas conicere,
Val. Fl. 6, 270:
seque viro vir contulit,
Verg. A. 10, 735.— Poet.:
inter sese duri certamina belli,
Verg. A. 10, 147:
contra conferre manu certamina pugnae,
Lucr. 4, 843:
collato Marte,
Ov. M. 12, 379.— Absol.:
mecum confer, ait,
fight with me, Ov. M. 10, 603.—
b.
Transf. from milit. affairs to lawsuits: pedem, to encounter, come in contact with one, to attack:
non possum magis pedem conferre, ut aiunt, aut propius accedere?
Cic. Planc. 19, 48:
pedem cum singulis,
Quint. 5, 13, 11; cf. id. 8, 6, 51; cf.:
qui illi concedi putem utilius esse quod postulat quam signa conferri,
Cic. Att. 7, 5, 5.— Poet.:
lites,
to contend, quarrel, Hor. S. 1, 5, 54.—
4.
To bring together for comparison, to compare; constr. with cum, inter se, ad, the dat., or acc. only.
(α).
With cum:
quem cum eo (sc. Democrito) conferre possumus non modo ingenii magnitudine sed etiam animi?
Cic. Ac. 2, 23, 73; so id. Verr. 2, 4, 52, § 115:
ut non conferam vitam neque existimationem tuam cum illius,
id. ib. 2, 4, 20, § 45; id. Sull. 26, 72:
cum maximis minima,
id. Opt. Gen. Or. 6, 17; Quint. 5, 13, 12; 8, 4, 2 al.:
nostras leges cum illorum Lycurgo et Dracone et Solone,
Cic. de Or. 1, 44, 197; cf.:
illa cum Graeciā,
id. Tusc. 1, 1, 2; v. also d. —
(β).
With inter se (rare):
vitam inter se utriusque conferte,
Cic. Rosc. Com. 7, 20.—
* (γ).
With ad:
bos ad bovem collatus,
Varr. L. L. 9, § 28 Müll.—
(δ).
With dat.:
tempora praesentia praeteritis,
Lucr. 2, 1166:
parva magnis,
Cic. Or. 4, 14:
alicui illud,
id. Inv. 2, 50, 151:
lanam tinctam Tyriae lacernae,
Quint. 12, 10, 75:
ingenia ingeniis,
Sen. Contr. 5, 33:
illam puellis,
Prop. 1, 5, 7; 1, 4, 9:
nil jucundo amico,
Hor. S. 1, 5, 44:
(Pausanias et Lysander) ne minimā quidem ex parte Lycurgi legibus et disciplinae conferendi sunt,
Cic. Off. 1, 22, 76; cf. supra, a.—
(ε).
With acc. only:
tesseram hospitalem,
Plaut. Poen. 5, 2, 88:
conferte Verrem: non ut hominem cum homine comparetis, etc.,
Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 54, § 121:
exemplum,
Plaut. Poen. 1, 2, 85; Ter. Ad. 1, 2, 14; Ov. M. 7, 696:
nec cum quaereretur gener Tarquinio, quisquam Romanae juventutis ullā arte conferri potuit,
Liv. 1, 39, 4; Suet. Caes. 47:
census,
Plin. 7, 48, 49, § 159.—Of documents:
haec omnia summā curā et diligentiā recognita et conlata sunt,
Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 77, § 190.—
5.
With the idea of shortening by bringing together (cf. colligo), to compress, abridge, condense, make or be brief:
quam potero in verba conferam paucissima,
Plaut. Men. prol. 6; cf.:
in pauca, ut occupatus nunc sum, confer, quid velis,
id. Ps. 1, 3, 44:
rem in pauca,
id. Poen. 5, 4, 68; and:
in pauca verba,
id. As. 1, 1, 75; id: Pers. 4, 4, 109:
totam Academiam... ex duobus libris contuli in quattuor,
Cic. Att. 13, 13, 1:
ut in pauca conferam,
id. Caecin. 6, 17:
sua verba in duos versus,
Ov. F. 1, 162:
ex immensā diffusāque legum copiā optima quaeque et necessaria in paucissimos libros,
Suet. Caes. 44.— [p. 412] *
6.
To join in bringing forward, to propose unitedly (as a law; cf.
fero, II. B. 8. b.): cur enim non confertis, ne sit conubium divitibus et pauperibus,
Liv. 4, 4, 9 Weissenb. ad loc.
II.
(Con intens.) To bear, carry, convey, direct a thing somewhere (in haste, for protection, etc.); and conferre se, to betake or turn one's self anywhere, to go (very freq. and class.).
A.
Prop.
1.
In gen.
(α).
With the designation of the goal: quo me miser conferam? Gracch. ap. Cic. de Or. 3, 56, 214:
qui cum se suaque omnia in oppidum Bratuspantium contulissent,
Caes. B. G. 2, 13:
se suaque eo,
id. ib. 3, 28:
se suaque in naves,
Nep. Them. 2, 7 al.:
iter Brundisium versus,
Cic. Att. 3, 4 med.; cf.: iter eo, Brut. ap. Cic. Fam. 11, 13, 4:
suas rationes et copias in illam provinciam,
id. Imp. Pomp. 7, 17: legiones in mediam aciem, Auct. B. Alex. 39;
Auct. B. Afr. 60: quos eodem audita Cannensis clades contulerat,
Liv. 23, 17, 8:
parentes illuc,
Tac. A. 4, 46:
se Rhodum conferre,
Cic. de Or. 3, 56, 213: se Laodiceam, Lent. ap. Cic. Fam. 12, 14, 4:
se Colonas,
Nep. Paus. 3, 3:
quo se fusa acies,
Liv. 9, 16, 1 al.:
se ad Tissaphernem,
Nep. Alcib. 5, 2; so,
se ad Pharnabazum,
id. Con. 2, 1:
se in fugam,
Cic. Caecin. 8, 22: sese in pedes, Enn. ap. Non. p. 518, 20; Plaut. Bacch. 3, 1, 7 (cf.:
conicere se in pedes,
Ter. Phorm. 1, 4, 13).—Of things:
pituita eo se umorve confert,
Cels. 2, 12.—
(β).
Absol.:
pulcre haec confertur ratis,
is borne away, Plaut. Bacch. 4, 6, 27.—
2.
Esp., in Ov. M. (cf. abeo, II.): aliquem in aliquid, to change into, transform to something:
aliquem in saxum,
Ov. M. 4, 278: versos vultus ( poet. circumlocution for se) in hanc, id. ib. 9, 348:
corpus in albam volucrem,
id. ib. 12, 145.—
B.
Trop.
1.
In gen., to bring, turn, direct something to; and conferre se, to turn, apply, devote one's self to, etc.:
quo mortuo me ad pontificem Scaevolam contuli,
Cic. Lael. 1, 1:
(Crassus) cum initio aetatis ad amicitiam se meam contulisset,
id. Brut. 81, 281; id. Fam. 11, 29, 2:
qui se ad senatūs auctoritatem, ad libertatem vestram contulerunt,
id. Phil. 4, 2, 5; id. Ac. 1, 9, 34:
se ad studium scribendi,
id. Arch. 3, 4:
se ad studia litterarum,
id. ib. 7, 16; cf. Suet. Gram. 24:
meus pater eam seditionem in tranquillum conferet (the figure taken from the sea when in commotion),
Plaut. Am. 1, 2, 16: verba ad rem, to bring words to actions, i. e. to pass from words to deeds, Ter. Eun. 4, 6, 4; id. Hec. 3, 1, 17:
suspitionem in Capitonem,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 35, 100:
ut spes votaque sua non prius ad deos quam ad principum aures conferret,
Tac. A. 4, 39:
lamentationes suas etiam in testamentum,
id. ib. 15, 68.—More freq., in partic.,
2.
With the access. idea of application or communication, to devote or apply something to a certain purpose, to employ, direct, confer, bestow upon, give, lend, grant, to transfer to (a favorite word with Cic.).
(α).
With dat.:
dona quid cessant mihi Conferre?
Plaut. Men. 1, 2, 20:
tibi munera,
Prop. 2, 3, 25; Nep. Ages. 7, 3:
victoribus praemia,
Suet. Calig. 20:
puellae quinquaginta milia nummūm,
Plin. Ep. 6, 32, 2:
fructum alio,
Ter. Eun. 3, 1, 60; Dig. 37, 6, 1, § 24.—
(β).
With ad and acc.:
hostiles exuvias ornatum ad urbis et posterum gloriam,
Tac. A. 3, 72:
Mithridates omne reliquum tempus non ad oblivionem veteris belli, sed ad comparationem novi contulit,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 4, 9:
omne studium atque omne ingenium ad populi Romani gloriam laudemque celebrandam,
id. Arch. 9, 19; id. Fam. 10, 1, 3:
omnem meam curam atque operam ad philosophiam,
id. ib. 4, 3, 4:
omnem tuum amorem omnemque tuam prudentiam... confer ad eam curam,
id. Att. 7, 1, 2:
animum ad fodiendos puteos, Auct. B. Alex. 9: ad naturae suae non vitiosae genus consilium vivendi omne,
Cic. Off. 1, 33, 120:
orationem omnem ad misericordiam,
id. Lig. 1, 1.—
(γ).
With in:
omnes curas cogitationesque in rem publicam,
Cic. Off. 2, 1, 2:
diligentiam in valetudinem tuam,
id. Fam. 16, 4, 4:
praedas ac manubias suas non in monumenta deorum immortalium, neque in urbis ornamenta conferre, sed, etc.,
id. Agr. 2, 23, 60:
in eos, quos speramus nobis profuturos, non dubitamus officia conferre,
id. Off. 1, 15, 48; so,
plurimum benignitatis in eum,
id. ib. 1, 16, 50; id. Lael. 19, 70: curam restituendi Capitolii in L. Vestinum confert, i. e. assigns to, charges with, Tac. H. 4, 53:
in unius salutem collata omnium vota,
Plin. Pan. 23, 5.—
(δ).
With erga:
commemoratio benevolentiae ejus, quam erga me a pueritiā contulisses,
Cic. Fam. 10, 5, 1.—
3.
With aliquid ad or in aliquem or aliquid, to refer or ascribe something to a person or thing as its possessor, author (in a good, and freq. in a bad sense), to attribute, impute, assign, ascribe to one, to lay to the charge of:
species istas hominum in deos,
Cic. N. D. 1, 27, 77:
res ad imperium deorum,
Lucr. 6, 54:
permulta in Plancium, quae ab eo numquam dicta sunt, conferuntur... Stomachor vero, cum aliorum non me digna in me conferuntur,
Cic. Planc. 14, 35; id. Fam. 5, 5, 2:
mortis illius invidiam in L. Flaccum,
id. Fl. 17, 41:
suum timorem in rei frumentariae simulationem angustiasque itinerum,
Caes. B. G. 1, 40:
sua vitia et suam culpam in senectutem,
Cic. Sen. 5, 14:
hanc ego de re publicā disputationem in Africani personam et Phili contuli,
id. Att. 4, 16, 2.—So esp.:
culpam in aliquem,
Plaut. Am. 2, 2, 156; Ter. Eun. 2, 3, 97; Cic. Att. 9, 2, a, 1:
causam in aliquem,
id. ib. 12, 31, 1; Liv. 5, 11, 6; cf.:
causam in tempus,
Cic. de Or. 3, 61, 228.—
4.
To transfer to a fixed point of time, fix, assign, refer, appoint, put off, defer, postpone (cf. differo):
Carthaginis expugnationem in hunc annum,
Liv. 27, 7, 5: in posterum diem iter suum contulit, Brut. ap. Cic. Fam. 11, 13, 3:
omnia in mensem Martium,
Cic. Att. 6, 1, 24:
aliquid in ambulationis tempus,
id. Q. Fr. 3, 3, 1:
eam pecuniam in rei publicae magnum aliquod tempus,
id. Off. 3, 24, 93:
quod in longiorem diem conlaturus fuisset,
Caes. B. G. 1, 40 fin.:
alicujus consulatum in annum aliquem,
Plin. Pan. 61.—Rarely of place:
idoneum locum in agris nactus... ibi adventum expectare Pompei eoque omnem belli rationem conferre constituit,
Caes. B. C. 3, 81 fin. —
5.
To bring on, cause, occasion, induce:
pestem alicui,
Col. 1, 5, 4:
candorem mollitiamque,
Plin. 35, 15, 50, § 175.

Lewis & Short latin dictionary > confero
54 field

fi:ld
1. noun
1) (a piece of land enclosed for growing crops, keeping animals etc: Our house is surrounded by fields.) campo

2) (a wide area: playing fields (= an area for games, sports etc).) campo, cancha

3) (a piece of land etc where minerals or other natural resources are found: an oil-field; a coalfield.) yacimiento

4) (an area of knowledge, interest, study etc: in the fields of literature/economic development; her main fields of interest.) campo, terreno

5) (an area affected, covered or included by something: a magnetic field; in his field of vision.) campo

6) (an area of battle: the field of Waterloo; (also adjective) a field-gun.) campo de batalla

2. verb
((in cricket, basketball etc) to catch (the ball) and return it.) parar y devolver

- field-glasses
- fieldwork

field n campo

a football field un campo de fútbol

field

tr[fiːld]

noun

1 (gen) campo

■ a corn field un campo de maíz

■ they work in the fields trabajan en los campos

■ our school has a sports field nuestra escuela tiene un campo de deportes

2 (for mining) yacimiento

3 SMALLMILITARY/SMALL campo

■ the field of battle el campo de batalla

4 (subject, area) campo, terreno

■ he's famous in the field of politics es famoso en el campo de la política

■ what's your field? ¿cuál es tu especialidad?

■ that's outside my field eso no es de mi competencia

5 SMALLSPORT/SMALL (competitors) competidores nombre masculino plural; (horses) participantes nombre masculino plural

6 SMALLTECHNICAL/SMALL campo

■ a magnetic field un campo magnético

■ the earth's gravitational field el campo gravitacional de la tierra

■ our field of vision nuestro campo visual

transitive verb

1 SMALLSPORT/SMALL parar y devolver

intransitive verb

1 SMALLSPORT/SMALL parar y devolver la pelota

transitive verb

1 SMALLSPORT/SMALL (select to play) presentar

\

SMALLIDIOMATIC EXPRESSION/SMALL

to have a field day familiar (enjoyment) divertirse mucho, estar encantado,-a 2 (financially) hacer su agosto

to play the field salir con mucha gente

to take the field salir al campo

field day SMALLMILITARY/SMALL día nombre masculino de maniobras

field event SMALLSPORT/SMALL prueba de atletismo

field glasses gemelos nombre masculino plural, prismáticos nombre masculino plural

field gun cañón nombre masculino de campaña

field hockey hockey nombre masculino sobre hierba

field marshall mariscal nombre masculino de campo

field officer oficial nombre masulino o femenino superior

field sports caza y pesca

field trip viaje nombre masculino de estudios

field work trabajo de campo

field worker trabajador,-ra de campo

field ['fi:ld] vt

: interceptar y devolver (una pelota), presentar (un candidato), sortear (una pregunta)

field adj

: de campaña, de campo

field hospital: hospital de campaña

field goal: gol de campo

field trip: viaje de estudio

field n

1) : campo m (de cosechas, de batalla, de magnetismo)

2) : campo m, cancha f (en deportes)

3) : campo m (de trabajo), esfera f (de actividades)

field (Computing)

n.

• campo (Informática) s.m.

n.

• campiña s.f.

• campo s.m.

• pradera s.f.

• prado s.m.

• redonda s.f.

• terreno s.m.

• tierra de labor s.f.

v.

• prensar v.

• recoger v.

fiːld
I

noun

1) ( Agr) ( for crops) campo m; ( for grazing) campo m, prado m, potrero m (AmL)

a field of corn/wheat — un maizaligal

2) ( Sport)

a) ( area of play) campo m, cancha f (AmL)

b) ( competitors) (+ sing o pl vb)

Brown was leading the field — Brown iba a la cabeza de los participantes (or corredores etc), Brown llevaba la delantera

our products lead the field — nuestros productos son los líderes del mercado

to play the field — (colloq) tantear el terreno (fam)

3) ( Mil) also

field of battle — campo m de batalla

4)

a) (of study, work) campo m; ( of activities) esfera f

my field is 20th century poetry — mi especialidad es la poesía del siglo XX

b) ( of practical operations) campo m

it has been tested in the field — se ha probado sobre el terreno; (before n) <research, survey> de campo

5) (Opt, Phot, Phys) campo m

field of vision — campo visual

magnetic field — campo magnético

II
1.

transitive verb

1)

a) ( Sport) \<\<ball\>\> fildear, interceptar y devolver*

b) \<\<question\>\> sortear

2)

a) ( Sport) \<\<team\>\> alinear

b) \<\<candidates\>\> presentar

2.

vi (in baseball, cricket) fildear, interceptar y devolver* la pelota

[fiːld]
1. N

1) (Agr) campo m ; (=meadow) prado m ; (Geol) yacimiento m

2) (Sport) campo m, terreno m de juego, cancha f (LAm); (=participants) participantes mpl ; (for post) opositores mpl, candidatos mpl

is there a strong field? — ¿se ha presentado gente buena?

to lead the field — (Sport, Comm) llevar la delantera

to take the field — (Sport) salir al campo, saltar al terreno de juego

- play the field

3) (=sphere of activity) campo m, esfera f

field of activity — esfera f de actividades, campo m de acción

my particular field — mi especialidad

it's not my field — no es mi campo or especialidad, no es lo mío

what's your field? — ¿qué especialidad tiene Vd?

in the field of painting — en el campo or mundo de la pintura

to be the first in the field — ser líder en su campo

4) (=real environment)

a year's trial in the field — un año de prueba en el mercado

to study sth in the field — estudiar algo sobre el terreno

5) (Comput) campo m

6) (Mil) campo m

field of battle — campo m de batalla

to die in the field — morir en combate

7) (Elec etc) campo m

field of vision — campo m visual

8) (Heraldry) campo m

2.

VI (Baseball, Cricket) fildear

3.

VT (Sport) [+ team] alinear; (Baseball, Cricket) [+ ball] recoger, fildear; (fig) [+ question] sortear

4.

CPD

field day N — (Mil) día m de maniobras

- have a field day

field event N — concurso m (atlético) de salto/lanzamiento

field glasses NPL — (=binoculars) gemelos mpl

field goal N — (Basketball) tiro m de campo; (US) (Ftbl) gol m de campo

field hockey N — (US) hockey m (sobre hierba)

field gun N — cañón m de campaña

field hand N — (US) jornalero(-a) m / f

field hospital N — hospital m de campaña

field kitchen N — cocina f de campaña

field marshal N — (Brit) mariscal m de campo, ≈ capitán m general del ejército

field officer N — oficial mf superior

field sports NPL — la caza y la pesca

field study N — estudio m de campo

field test, field trial N — (Comm) prueba f de mercado
field-test
field trip N — viaje m or excursión f de estudios

field work N — (Sociol etc) trabajo m de campo

field worker N — investigador(a) m / f de campo

* * *
[fiːld]
I

noun

1) ( Agr) ( for crops) campo m; ( for grazing) campo m, prado m, potrero m (AmL)

a field of corn/wheat — un maizal/trigal

2) ( Sport)

a) ( area of play) campo m, cancha f (AmL)

b) ( competitors) (+ sing o pl vb)

Brown was leading the field — Brown iba a la cabeza de los participantes (or corredores etc), Brown llevaba la delantera

our products lead the field — nuestros productos son los líderes del mercado

to play the field — (colloq) tantear el terreno (fam)

3) ( Mil) also

field of battle — campo m de batalla

4)

a) (of study, work) campo m; ( of activities) esfera f

my field is 20th century poetry — mi especialidad es la poesía del siglo XX

b) ( of practical operations) campo m

it has been tested in the field — se ha probado sobre el terreno; (before n) <research, survey> de campo

5) (Opt, Phot, Phys) campo m

field of vision — campo visual

magnetic field — campo magnético

II
1.

transitive verb

1)

a) ( Sport) \<\<ball\>\> fildear, interceptar y devolver*

b) \<\<question\>\> sortear

2)

a) ( Sport) \<\<team\>\> alinear

b) \<\<candidates\>\> presentar

2.

vi (in baseball, cricket) fildear, interceptar y devolver* la pelota

English-spanish dictionary > field
55 Lehre

f; -, -n

1. (Erfahrung) lesson; einer Geschichte: moral; das war mir eine Lehre that was a lesson (for me); lass dir das eine Lehre sein let that be a lesson to you; eine Lehre ziehen aus draw a lesson from, take a warning from; weitS. learn from; wir müssen aus dieser Panne unsere Lehren ziehen we must learn (the lessons) from this failure

2. Berufsausbildung: apprenticeship; bei jemandem in die Lehre gehen be apprenticed ( oder an apprentice) to s.o.; bei dem kannst du noch in die Lehre gehen umg., fig. he can teach you a thing or two; bei jemandem in die Lehre gegangen sein fig. have learnt (Am. learned) a lot from s.o.; eine harte Lehre durchmachen ( müssen) (have to) learn the hard way

3. (Weltanschauung) teaching, doctrine; nach der marxistischen Lehre according to Marxist doctrine

4. (Wissenschaft) science; (Theorie) theory

5. (Ratschlag) (piece of) advice

—

Lehre2

f; -, -n; TECH. ga(u)ge

* * *

die Lehre

(Berufsausbildung) apprenticeship;

(Lehrmeinung) tenet; doctrine;

(Unterricht) teaching; lesson;

(Werkzeug) gage; gauge

* * *
Lehre is the name for vocational training in trade and industry. It is strictly regulated and usually lasts three years, although those who have their Abitur are often allowed to reduce this by one year. The trainees, so-called Auszubildende or Azubis for short, work in a company and become familiar with all the different areas of their future profession. They also have classes at a vocational college for two days a week, or in blocks of seminars. At the end of the training period they take their Gesellenprüfung. See: → Abitur
* * *

die

1) (the state of being, or the time during which a person is, an apprentice: He is serving his apprenticeship as a mechanic.) apprenticeship

2) (knowledge handed down on a subject: the lore of the sea.) lore

3) (guidance or instruction: She followed her mother's teaching.) teaching

4) (something that is taught: one of the teachings of Christ.) teaching

* * *

Leh·re¹

<-, -n>

[ˈlerə]

f

1. ([handwerkliche] Ausbildung) apprenticeship, traineeship

kaufmännische \Lehre apprenticeship

eine \Lehre aufnehmen to start an apprenticeship [or become apprenticed]

die \Lehre beenden to finish one's apprenticeship

[bei jdm] in die \Lehre gehen to serve one's apprenticeship [with [or under] sb], to be trained [by sb]

bei jdm [noch] in die \Lehre gehen können to be [still] able to learn a thing or two from sb

jdn in die \Lehre nehmen (fig) to bring up sb sep strictly

eine \Lehre [als etw] machen to serve an apprenticeship [or train] [as a/an sth]

2. (Erfahrung, aus der man lernt) lesson

jdm eine \Lehre sein to teach sb a lesson

das soll dir eine \Lehre sein! let that be a lesson to you!

sich dat etw eine \Lehre sein lassen to let sth be a lesson to one

jdm eine \Lehre erteilen to teach sb a lesson

sich dat etw eine \Lehre sein lassen to learn from sth

eine \Lehre aus etw dat ziehen to learn a lesson from sth; (Ratschlag) [piece of] advice no pl

3. (ideologisches System) doctrine

4. (Theorie) theory

5.

▶ sich dat etw eine \Lehre sein lassen (fam) to let sth be a lesson to one

Leh·re²

<-, -n>

[ˈlerə]

f (Gerät) ga[u]ge

* * *

die; Lehre, Lehren

1) (Berufsausbildung) apprenticeship

eine Lehre machen — serve an apprenticeship ( als as)

bei jemandem in die Lehre gegangen sein — (fig.) have learnt a lot from somebody

2) (Weltanschauung) doctrine

die christliche Lehre — Christian doctrine

die Lehre Kants/Hegels/Buddhas — the teachings pl. of Kant/Hegel/Buddha

3) (Theorie, Wissenschaft) theory

die Lehre vom Schall — the science of sound or acoustics

4) (Erfahrung) lesson

lass dir das eine Lehre sein! — let that be a lesson to you

jemandem eine [heilsame] Lehre erteilen — teach somebody a [salutary] lesson
•• Cultural note:
Lehre

This type of apprenticeship is still the normal way to learn a trade or train for a practical career in Germany. A Hauptschulabschluss is the minimum requirement, although many young people with a Realschulabschluss or Abitur opt to train in this way. A Lehre takes about 2 to 3 years and involves practial training by a Meister backed up by lessons at a Berufsschule, with an exam at the end

* * *

Lehre¹ f; -, -n

1. (Erfahrung) lesson; einer Geschichte: moral;

das war mir eine Lehre that was a lesson (for me);

lass dir das eine Lehre sein let that be a lesson to you;

eine Lehre ziehen aus draw a lesson from, take a warning from; weitS. learn from;

wir müssen aus dieser Panne unsere Lehren ziehen we must learn (the lessons) from this failure

2. Berufsausbildung: apprenticeship;

bei jemandem in die Lehre gehen be apprenticed ( oder an apprentice) to sb;

bei dem kannst du noch in die Lehre gehen umg, fig he can teach you a thing or two;

bei jemandem in die Lehre gegangen sein fig have learnt (US learned) a lot from sb;

eine harte Lehre durchmachen (müssen) (have to) learn the hard way

3. (Weltanschauung) teaching, doctrine;

nach der marxistischen Lehre according to Marxist doctrine

4. (Wissenschaft) science; (Theorie) theory

5. (Ratschlag) (piece of) advice

Lehre² f; -, -n; TECH ga(u)ge

* * *

die; Lehre, Lehren

1) (Berufsausbildung) apprenticeship

eine Lehre machen — serve an apprenticeship ( als as)

bei jemandem in die Lehre gegangen sein — (fig.) have learnt a lot from somebody

2) (Weltanschauung) doctrine

die christliche Lehre — Christian doctrine

die Lehre Kants/Hegels/Buddhas — the teachings pl. of Kant/Hegel/Buddha

3) (Theorie, Wissenschaft) theory

die Lehre vom Schall — the science of sound or acoustics

4) (Erfahrung) lesson

lass dir das eine Lehre sein! — let that be a lesson to you

jemandem eine [heilsame] Lehre erteilen — teach somebody a [salutary] lesson
•• Cultural note:
Lehre

This type of apprenticeship is still the normal way to learn a trade or train for a practical career in Germany. A Hauptschulabschluss is the minimum requirement, although many young people with a Realschulabschluss or Abitur opt to train in this way. A Lehre takes about 2 to 3 years and involves practial training by a Meister backed up by lessons at a Berufsschule, with an exam at the end

* * *

-n f.

apprenticeship n.

doctrine n.

egalitarianism n.

teachings n.

tenet n.

Deutsch-Englisch Wörterbuch > Lehre
56 FÁ

get

* * *

I)

(fæ; fekk, fengum; fenginn), v.

1) to grasp with the hands, get hold of;

hón hefir fengit einn stein, she has taken a stone;

2) to take, capture (fengu þeir Gunnar);

3) to get, gain, win;

sá fær er frjár, he that woos wins;

fá fljóðs ást to win a woman’s love;

hann bað konunnar ok fekk heitit hennar, he asked the woman in marriage and got the promise of her hand;

fá sitt eyrindi, to accomplish one’s errand;

fá haærra hlut, to get the better of it;

fá góðar viðtökur, to get a good reception;

fá skilning á e-u, to get knowledge of;

4) to suffer endure;

fá úsigr, to be defeated;

fá skaða, to suffer harm;

fá úvit, to fall senseless, to faint;

fá líflát, to fall lifeless;

fá bana, to come by one’s death;

5) to get, procure;

hann fekk sér gott kvánfang, he got a good wife;

6) to give, deliver to one, put into one’s hands;

fá mér (give me) leppa tvá ór hári þinu;

fáit nú konungi festu (give the king bail) þá er honum líki;

fá e-m sök, to charge one;

var sá sveinn fenginn í hendr okkr, delivered into our hands;

fá e-m e-t at geyma, to give a thing into one’s charge (= fá e-m e-t til geymslu);

7) with pp. following, to be able to;

fá e-n veiddan, to be able to catch one;

hon fœr með engu móti vakit þá, she could by no means awaken them;

þeir munu mik aldri fá sótt, they will never be able to overcome me;

fengu þeir honum ekki nát, they could not catch him: skaltu hvergi fá undan hokat, thou shall have no chance of sneaking away;

hann fekk þó eigi víss orðit, he could not make out for certain;

8) with gen., to get, take, gain, win;

þeir fengu fjár mikils, they took a rich booty;

vel er þess fengit, it is well earned, well done;

hann var eigi skáld, ok hann hafði ei þeirrar listar fengit, he had not received that gift: fá verðar, to take a meal;

hann tekk sér sveitar (he raised a band) ok gørðist illvirki;

fá konu, to get a wife, marry (hon var átján vetra, er þorsteinn fekk hennar);

9) to conceive, of sheep and cattle (fá burðar, lambs);

10) to touch, affect;

þat fekk mikils hinum hertekna manni, it touched the captive deeply, þá fær þorbirni svá. mjök (Th. was so much moved), at hann grætr;

11) impers., one can get or find;

vápn svá góð, at eigi fær önnur slík, that the like are not to be got;

at varla fái vitrara mann, that a wiser man is hardly to be found;

also, one may or can (do something);

þat skip fær vel varit eldi, that ship can well be guarded against fire;

12) with preps.:

fá af sér (with infin.) to bring oneself to;

þeir fengu af verra, they got the worse of it;

fá at veizlu, brúkaupi, blóti, to get provisions for a feast (hann fekk at blóti miklu);

sá dagr er at jólum skal fá, the day when preparations are to be made for Yule (cf. atfangadagr);

fá á e-u, to get hold of, grasp with the hand;

faðir Móða fekk á þremi, the father of M. caught hold of the brim;

fá e-n, to touch, affect one, move (opt fá á horskan lostfagrir, litir);

láta e-t á sik fá, to be (deeply) affected by, take it to heart;

drykkr fær á e-n, the drink intoxicates one (er drykkr fekk á Hákon jarl);

fá í e-t, to take hold of, grasp with the hand (= fá á e-u);

forðuðu fingrum, fengu í snœri, they took hold of the strings;

fá e-t or e-s til, to get, procure (var kirkja gör ok kennimanna til fengit);

fá e-n til at gøra e-t, to get one to do a thing;

þeir fengu menn til at ryðja skip sitt, they got men to clear their ship fá til e-s, to lay hold of;

þar var fjöld fjár, fengu til margir, there was wealth of money, and many took a share of it;

13) refl., fást í e-u, to be busy, exert oneself, engage in a matter (dróttningin mátti þar ekki í fást);

Helgi leitaði þá, ef Sigurðr vildi í fást við Þorvald, if S. would try with Th.;

segir hann ljúga ok fást í rógi, and deal in slander;

fást við e-t = f. í e-u;

f. við e-n, to have to do with, to contend with one (H. segist þá vilja … fást eigi við fjánda þenna);

to wrestle (grapple) with one (skaltu fást við blámann várn).

II)

(fá, fáða, fáðr), v. to draw, paint;

fá rúnar, to draw runes or magic characters;

vér höfum fáða unga brúði á vegg, we have painted the young bride on the wall;

gulli fáðr, gilded.

* * *

1.

pret. sing. fékk, sometimes spelt feck or fieck, pl. fengu; pres. fæ, 2nd pers. fær, mod. færð, pl. fám, mod. fáum; pret. subj. fengja, mod. fengi; pres. fá, mod. fái; imperat. fá; sup. fengit; part. fenginn: the forms fingit, finginn, and pret. fingu (cp. Germ. fingen) are obsolete, but occur in some MSS. (e. g. Arna-Magn. 132 and 122 A): the poets rhyme— Erlingr var þar finginn; with the neg. suff., fær-at, fékk-at, Lex. Poët.: [Goth. fahan and gafahan = πιάζειν, καταλαμβάνειν; A. S. fón; Hel. fâhan; Germ. fahen, whence fahig = capax; in the Germ., however, the nasal form fangen prevailed, but in the Scandin., Swed., and Dan. få or faae; the Dan. fange is mod. and borrowed from Germ.; Icel. fanga is rare and unclass. and only used in the sense to capture, whereas fá is a standing word; the ng reappears in pl. pret. and part. pass. fengu, fengit, vide above; cp. Old Engl. fet, mod. fetch]:—to fetch, get, etc.

1. to fetch, catch, seize; fengu þeir Gunnar, they fetched, caught G., Akv. 18; Hildibrandr gat fengit kirkju-stoðina, Sturl. i. 169; hón hefir fengit einn stein, she has fetched a stone, Ísl. ii. 394; fá á e-u, to get hold of, grasp with the hand, faðir Móða fékk á þremi, Hým. 34.

β. also, fá í e-t, to grasp; fengu í snæri, they grasped the bow-strings, bent the bow, Am. 42; hann fékk í öxl konungi, he seized the king’s shoulder, Fms. viii. 75.

γ. to take, capture, but rare except in part.; hafði greifi Heinrekr fengit Valdimar, Fms. ix. 324; verða fanginn, to be taken, Germ. gefangen werden, i. 258, Stj. 396.

2. to get, gain, win, with acc. of the thing; sá fær er frjár, he who wooes will win (a proverb), Hm. 91; hann skal fá af Svart-álfum, he shall get, obtain from S., Edda 69; fá brauð, mat, drykk, Fms. x. 18; þat fékk hann eigi af föður sínum, xi. 14; bað konunnar ok fékk heitið hennar, he wooed the woman and got her hand, Edda 23; fá sitt eyrindi, to get one’s errand done, Fms. i. 75; fa fljóðs ást, to win a woman’s love, Hm. 91; fá hærra hlut, to get the better, 40; ek ætla at fá at vera yðvarr farþegi, Ld. 112; hence fá, or fá leyfi, to get leave to do a thing: eg fæ það, fékk það ekki, fá að fara, etc.: Icel. also say, eg fæ það ekki af mér, I cannot bring myself to do it.

β. to suffer, endure; fá úsigr, to get the worst of it, Fms. iv. 218; sumir fengu þetta ( were befallen) hvern sjaunda vetr, Sks. 113; fá skaða, to suffer a loss, Hkr. ii. 177; fá úvit, to fall senseless, Nj. 195; fá líflát, to fall lifeless, Grág. i. 190; fá bana, to come by one’s death, Nj. 110.

γ. fá góðar viðtökur, to get a good reception, Eg. 460, 478, Fms. iv. 219; sá mun sæll er þann átrúnað fær, blessed is he that gets hold of that faith, Nj. 156; hann hafði fingit úgrynni fjár, Fms. xi. 40; fá skilning á e-u, to get the knowledge of a thing, i. 97.

3. to get, procure; þá fékk konungr sveitar-höfðingja þá er honum sýndisk, Eg. 272; ek skal fá mann til at biðja hennar, Fs. 88; þeir fengu menn til at ryðja skip, they got men to clear the ship, Nj. 163; mun ek fá til annann mann at göra þetta, I will get another man to do it, 53; fá sér bjargkvið, Grág. i. 252; hann fékk sér gott kván-fang, Fms. i. 11; fám oss ölteiti nökkura, let us get some sport, vii. 119; fá sér (e-m) fari, to take a passage, vide far; fengu þeir ekki af mönnum, they could fetch no men, ix. 473; þeir hugðusk hafa fengit ( reached) megin-land, vii. 113.

4. fá at veizlu, blóti, to get provisions for a feast, etc.; hann fékk at blóti miklu, Landn. 28; lét Þorri fá at blóti, Orkn. 3; Þórólfr Mostrar-skegg fékk at blóti miklu, Eb. 8; er fengit at mikilli veizlu, Fas. i. 242; var síðan at samkundu fingit, a meeting was brought about, 623. 52; sá dagr er at Jólum skal fá, the day when preparations are to be made for Yule, K. Þ. K. 110, hence atfanga-dagr, the day before a feast, q. v.; þá var fengit at seið, Hkr. Yngl. S. ch. 17.

II. to give, deliver to one, put into one’s hands; hér er eitt sverð, er ek vil fá þér, Ísl. ii. 44; fá mér (fetch me, give me) leppa tvá ór hári þínu, Nj. 116; þá er keisarinn hafði fingit honum til föru-neytis, Fms. xi. 40; konungr fær honum veizlur, Eg. 27; horn þat er Bárðr hafði fingit Ölvi, 207; fáit nú konungi festu ( give the king bail) þá er honum líki, Fms. iv. 268; fá e-m sök, to charge one, Sks. 708; var sá sveinn fenginn í hendr okkr, delivered into our hands, Fms. i. 113; fékk hann búit í hendr Valgerði, iii. 24, Nj. 4; honum fékk hverr maðr penning til, Íb. 5; hon fékk biskupinum tuttugu mánaða mataból, B. K. 125; fá e-m e-t at geyma, to give a thing into one’s charge, Stj. 177; fá þá sonum þínum í hendr til geymslu, id.

III. metaph. with a following pass. part. or sup. to be able to do; hón fær með engu móti vakit þá, she could by no means awaken them, Fms. i. 9; þú fékkt ekki leikit þat er mjúkleikr var í, vii. 119; þeir munu mik aldri fá sótt, they will never be able to overcome me, Nj. 116; ok fáit þér hann eigi veiddan, if you cannot catch him, 102; hann fékk engi knút leyst, Edda 29; fengu þeir honum ekki náð, they could not catch him, Fagrsk. 167; at Vagn mun fá yfir-kominn Sigvalda, that V. will overcome S., Fms. xi. 96: skulu vér þá freista at vér fáim drepit þá, i. 9; skaltú hvergi fá undan hokat, thou shalt have no chance of sneaking away, xi. 61; fá gaum gefinn at e-u, to take heed to a thing. Fas. ii. 517; menn fingu hvergi rétt hann né hafit, Eg. 396; at þeir mundu komit fá til lands hvalnum, Grág. ii. 381; en fékk þó eigi víss orðit …, but he could not make out for certain …, Fms. x. 170.

β. to grow, get, become; Hjörleif rak vestr fyrir land, ok fékk hann vatnfátt, he became short of water, Landn. 34: of travellers, to fall in with, etc., þar fengu þeir keldur blautar mjök, they got into bogs, Eb. 266; þeir fengu hvergi blautt um Valbjarnar-völlu, Sturl. ii. 50; fengu þeir veðr stór, they met with foul weather, Eg. 160.

IV. with gen.,

1. to take, gain, earn, win; renna þeir á land upp, ok fá mikils fjár, Fms. v. 164; þeir fengu fjár mikils, they took a rich booty, Nj. 137; gáðu þeir eigi fyrir veiðum at fá heyjanna, ok dó allt kvikfé þeirra um vetrinu, Landn. 30; vel er þess fengit, it is well earned, well done, 7; nú mun ek fara þessa ferð ef þú vill; hann segir, vel er þess fengit, well done, said he, Fas. ii. 517; hann var eigi skáld, ok hann hafði eigi þeirrar listar fengit, he had not got that gift, Fb. i. 214; at þá mundi þykkja fengit betr, people would think that it suited better, Nj. 75; fá verðar, to take a meal, Hm. 33; hann fékk sér sveitar ( raised a band) ok görðisk illvirki, 623. 15: but chiefly in the phrase, fá konu, to get a wife, marry; Haraldr fékk þeirrar konu, Fms. i. 4; at ek munda fá þín, that I should get thy hand, Nj. 24; betr er þá séð fyrir kosti systur minnar at þú fáir hennar (gen., i. e. that thou marry her), en víkingar fái hana (acc., i. e. to fetch, capture her) at herfangi, Fs. 8; hón var átján vetra er Þorsteinn fékk hennar, Ísl. ii. 191.

2. to conceive, of sheep, cattle; fá burðar, Stj. 97; er hann (sauðrinn) fær lambs, Skálda 162: absol., við þeim hafði hón (the mare) fengit, Landn. 195; at eigi fái ær við, Grág. i. 418, (cp. fang, fetus.)

3. denoting to affect, touch, etc.; þat fékk mikils hinum hertekna menni, it touched much the captive, Orkn. 368: svá fékk honum mikils, at hans augu vóru full af tárum, Fms. i. 139; henni fékk þetta mikillar áhyggju, it caused her great care, iv. 181; fær honum þat mikillar áhyggju ok reiði. Nj. 174; nú fær mér ekka (gen.) orð þat þú mælir, Skv. 1. 20; fá e-m hlægis, to make one a laughing-stock, Hm. 19: even with acc. or an adv., þá fær Þorbirni svá mjök (Th. was so much moved) at hann grætr, Hrafn. 13.

β. fá á e-n, to affect, chiefly of intoxicating liquors; er drykkr fékk á Hákon jarl, when the drink told on earl Hacon, Magn. 508; fær á þá mjök drykkrinn, Fms. xi. 108; aldregi drakk ek vín eðr annan drykk svá at á mik megi fá, Stj. 428; en er á leið daginn ok drykkr fékk á menn, Fms. vii. 154; drykkr hefir fengit yðr í höfuð, Fas. i. 318; á-fengr or á-fenginn, q. v.

γ. opt fá á ( entice) horskan, er á heimskan né fá, lostfagrir lítir, Hm. 92.

V. impers. to be got, to be had, cp. Germ. es giebt; vápn svá góð, at eigi fær önnur slík (acc.), so good, that the like are not to be got, Nj. 44; at varla fái vitrara mann, a wiser man is hardly to be found, Sks. 13; eigi fær þat ritað, it cannot be recorded, viz. being so voluminous, Fms. viii. 406; þat skip fær vel varit eldi, that ship can well be guarded against fire, ix. 368; svá mikill herr at varla fékk talit, a host so great that it could hardly be numbered, xi. 261 (Ed. fékst wrongly).

VI. reflex. in the phrase, fásk í e-u, to be busy, exert oneself in a matter; drottningin mátti þar ekki í fásk, Fms. x. 102; Helgi leitaði þá ef Sigurðr vildi í fásk við Þorvald, if S. would try with Th., Fb. i. 379; vildir þú fásk í því sem þér er ekki lánat, 215; segir hana ljúga ok fásk í rógi, ( and deal in slander) fyrir höfðingjum, Karl. 552.

β. fásk við e-n, to struggle against; ef nokkut væri þat er hann mætti við fásk, which he could try, Grett. 74 new Ed.: to wrestle with, skaltú fásk við blámann várn, Ísl. ii. 444; um fangit er þú fékksk við Elli, when thou strugglest against Elli, Edda 34; at Þorleikr ætti lítt við elli at fásk, Ld. 160; fámsk vér eigi við skrafkarl þenna, let us have naught to do with this landlouper, Háv. 52; ok fásk eigi við fjánda þenna lengr, Ísl. ii. 45; fást um e-t, to make a fuss about a thing: the passage, Hrólfi fékksk hugr, Fas. iii. 203, is prob. an error for Hrólfi gékksk hugr, H. was moved: the phrase, fásk þú at virði vel, take thou a good meal, Hm. 117.

2. as a pass., esp. in the sense to be gotten; sumt lausa-féit hafði fengisk ( had been gotten) í hernaði, Fms. i. 25; at honum fengisk engi fararbeini, that no means of conveyance could be got, Grág. i. 298; eigu þeir þat allt er á (aðilðunum) fæsk, all the fines that accrue from the aðilð, 281; fékksk þat, it was obtained, Jb. 17; er hljóð fékksk, when silence was obtained, so that he could speak, Fms. i. 34: ef þeir fásk eigi, if they cannot be taken, Odd. 12 (very rare); sem úviða muni þinn jafningi fásk, thy match is not easily to be got, Nj. 46.

VII. part. fenginn as adj. given to, fit to; ok er hann vel til þess fenginn, Fms. vi. 389; Jón var mjök fenginn ( given) fyrir kvenna ást, Bs. i. 282; fæsk eigi því níta, it cannot be denied, Am. 32.

2. again, fanginn denotes captured, hence taken by passion; fanginn í ílsku, Fb. i. 280.

2.

ð, part. fát, fáð or fáið, cp. fáinn or fánn; a contracted verb = fága:—to draw, paint, Fms. v. 345; gulli fáðr, gilded, Gísl. 21; fá rúnar, to draw runes, magic characters, Hm. 143; vér höfum fáða unga brúði á vegg, we have painted the young bride on the wall, Landn. 248 (from a verse about the middle of the 10th century): of precious stuffs, fáð ript, Skv. 3. 63.

Íslensk-ensk orðabók > FÁ
57 τε

τε, enclitic Particle, with two main uses (v. infr. A, B).

A as a Conjunction,

I τε.. τε, both.. and, joining single words, phrases, clauses, or sentences, the first τε merely pointing forward to the second, ἀνδρῶν τε θεῶν τε Il.1.544
; ἀγαθῶν τε κακῶν τε Hes.Op. 669
; δίψῃ τε λιμῷ τε A.Pers. 491
, cf. S.Aj.34,35, Ar.Ach. 370, 375; τήν τε νῆσον τήν τε ἤπειρον Th.4.8
, cf. Antipho 2.3.3, Pl. R. 373b; λυσόμενός τε θύγατρα, φέρων τ' ἀπερείσι' ἄποινα Il.1.13
; παῖδά τε σοὶ ἀγέμεν Φοίβῳ θ' ἱερὴν ἑκατόμβην ῥέξαι ib. 443; the elements joined by τε.. τε are usu. short in Hom., longer in later Gr., e.g. ἐπειδὴ πρόξενοί τέ εἰσιν Ἀθηναίων καὶ εὐεργέται.., ἔν τε τῇ στήλῃ γέγραπται IG12.103.7
; ἥ τε γὰρ γῆ.. εὔυδρός ἐστι, ποταμοί τε δι' αὐτῆς ῥέουσι Hdt.4.47
; χρὴ.. τούς τε πρεσβυτέρους ὁμοιωθῆναι τοῖς πρὶν ἔργοις, τούς τε νεωτέρους.. μὴ αἰσχῦναι κτλ. Th.4.92, cf. Pl.R. 474c, X.Cyr.1.4.25, Is.1.50; τά τε γὰρ ληφθέντα πάντ' ἂν σῴζοιτο οἵ τ' ἀδικήσαντες κατ' ἀξίαν λάβοιεν τὰ ἐπιτίμια Aen. Tact.16.8, cf. Gp.2.49.1, 12.3.2-3; τούτου γὰρ γενομένου.. τά τε ἐχφόρια Χρυσέρμῳ δυνήσομαι ἀποδοῦναι, ἐγώ τε ἔσομαι παρὰ σοῦ φιλανθρωπίας τετευχώς PEnteux.60.11
(iii B.C.); κλείειν τε τὰ βλέφαρα δεομένων ἐλπιζόντων τε κοιμηθήσεσθαι Gal.16.494
, cf. 495,501; this use is common at all times in οὔτε.. οὔτε, μήτε.. μήτε, εἴτε.. εἴτε (qq.v.); τε may be used three or more times, ἔν τ' ἄρα οἱ φῦ χειρί, ἔπος τ' ἔφατ' ἔκ τ' ὀνόμαζεν Od.15.530
, cf. Il.1.177, 2.58, A.Pr. 89sq., B.17.19sq., Lys. 19.17, X.Cyr.3.3.36:— ἑνδεκάτη τε δυωδεκάτη τε prob. means the eleventh or twelfth, Od.2.374, 4.588:—sts. τε.. τε couples alternatives, ἀπόρως εἶχε δοῦναί τε μὴ δοῦναί τε E.IA56
, cf. Heracl. 153, El. 391; hence we find τε.. ἢ.., Pl.Tht. 143c, Ion 535d; on ἢ (or ἦ) .. τε in Il.2.289 and A.Eu. 524 (lyr.) v. ἦ 1.3.

2 the first clause may be negative, the second affirmative, as ἐκκλησίαν τε οὐκ ἐποίει.., τήν τε πόλιν ἐφύλασσε Th.2.22
; but οὔτε.. τε is more freq., as οὔτε ποσίν εἰμι ταχύς.., γιγνώσκω τε X.Cyr.2.3.6
(v. οὔτε 11.4
); we also find οὐ.. τε.. , as οὐχ ἡσύχαζον.., παρεκάλουν τε τοὺς ξυμμάχους Th.1.67
; and μὴ.. τε.. , as ἵνα μή τι διαφύγῃ ἡμᾶς, εἴ τέ τι βούλει κτλ. Pl.Phd. 95e.

3 τε ( both) sts. corresponds to a following δέ ( and), or τε ( and) to a preceding μέν, e.g.

a τε.. δὲ.. , as κόμισαί τέ με, δὸς δέ μοι ἵππους Il.5.359
, cf. 7.418, S.OC 367, Tr. 285, E.Ph. 1625; ἐσθὰς ἀμφότερόν νιν ἔχεν, ἅ τε.. ἐπιχώριος.., ἀμφὶ δὲ παρδαλέᾳ στέγετο Pi.P.4.80
; διήκουέ τε.., ἔπειτα δὲ καὶ ἐπῄνεσε X.Cyr.4.4.3
; so with ἅμα δὲ καὶ.., ὡσαύτως δὲ καὶ.., Th.1.25, Pl.Smp. 186e:—so τε.., ἀτὰρ οὖν καὶ.., Id.Hp.Ma. 295e.

b μὲν.. τε.., ἄνδρα μὲν.., τρεῖς τε κασιγνήτους Il.19.291
-3, cf. Od.22.475-6, Pi.O.6.88, 7.88, A.Th. 924, Ch. 585 (lyr.), S.Ant. 963 (lyr.), E.Heracl. 337 codd., Cyc.41 (lyr.), Ar.Nu. 563(lyr.), Pl.Phdr. 266c, Lg. 927b: v. μέν A. 11.6c.

4 a single τε ( and) joins a word, phrase, or (esp. later) clause or sentence to what precedes, τελευτὴν κεφαλήν τε Pl.Ti. 69a
; θνητὰ ἀθάνατά τε ib.c; Ζεῦ ἄλλοι τε θεοί Il.6.476
; κύνεσσιν οἰωνοῖσί τε πᾶσι 1.5
; ῥίγησέν τ' ἂρ ἔπειτα ἄναξ ἀνδρῶν Ἀγαμέμνων v.l. for δ' ἂρ in 11.254; ἕν τε οὐδὲν κατέστη ἴαμα.., σῶμά τε αὔταρκες ὂν οὐδὲν διεφάνη.., Th.2.51; τά τε ἱερὰ.. νεκρῶν πλέα ἦν.. ib.52; νόμοι τε πάντες ξυνεταράχθησαν ibid.; δάκνει σ' ἀδελφὸς ὅ τε θανὼν ἴσως πατήρ E.El. 242
, cf. 253, 262, al.; εἴς τε τὰς ἄλλας.. ἀθροίζεσθαι Aen.Tact.3.5
; τῶν τε ἀρχόντων.. ib.6, cf. 10.8, al.; ὅ τε γραφεὶς κύκλος.. Archim.Spir.11
Def.7; πρός τε τούτοις φησὶν.. PEnteux.63.18
(iii B.C.); χωρίς τε τούτων Plb.2.56.13
, 61.1, 3.17.7; ταῦτά τ' ἐγίνετο.. Id.2.43.6
, cf. 3.70.4; ἀπαιτούμενός τε ὑπ' ἐμοῦ τὰ ἔρια οὐκ ἀποδίδωσί PEnteux.2.6
, cf. 8.4, al. (iii B.C.); γράψαι Ἀγαθοκλεῖ τῷ ἐπιστάτῃ διασαφῆσαί τε αὐτῷ ib.81.21 (iii B.C.); καθόλου τε.. Arr.Epict.1.19.13
, cf. 2.2.17; ἀταράχους τήν τε δύναμιν ἀκαθαιρέτους Sor.1.21
, cf. 24, al.; ὄξει βαφικῷ στυπτηρίᾳ τε PHolm. 1.4
, cf. Gem.16.6; χρὴ.. λαχάνων ἅπτεσθαι, κοιλίαν τε λύειν Gp.1.12.19
, cf. 2.2.2, al.; this τε may be used any number of times, Od.4.149- 150, 14.75, 158-9, Men.Pk.15,16,20, Hipparch.1.9.8, Act.Ap.2.43,46, 4.13, 14, al.

II τε.. καὶ.. , or τε καὶ.. , both.. and.., where τε points forward to καί, and usu. need not be translated, e.g. Ἀτρείδης τε ἄναξ ἀνδρῶν καὶ δῖος Ἀχιλλεύς Il.1.7
; εἰ δὴ ὁμοῦ πόλεμός τε δαμᾷ καὶ λοιμὸς Ἀχαιούς ib.61; δειλός τε καὶ οὐτιδανὸς καλεοίμην ib. 293; ζωόν τε καὶ ἀρτεμέα 7.308
, cf. 327, 338, al.; τῆς τε γῆς ἐούσης ἐπιτηδέης καὶ τῶν ποταμῶν ἐόντων σφι συμμάχων Hdt.4.47
; βούλεταί τε καὶ ἐπίσταται Th.2.35
; ὁ φύς τε καὶ τραφείς Pl.R. 396c
; βάσιν τε γὰρ πάλιν τὴν αὐτὴν ἔχουσι τὴν ΖΒ καὶ.. Euc.1.47
; sts. the elements joined by τε.. καὶ.. are joined in order to be compared or contrasted rather than simply joined, κάκιστος νῦν τε καὶ πάλαι δοκεῖ S.Ant. 181
; μεσαμβρίη τέ ἐστι καὶ τὸ κάρτα γίνεται ψυχρόν Hdt.4.181
; ἔτυχόν τε ὕσταται ἐξαναχθεῖσαι καί κως κατεῖδον Id.7.194
; ἐπαύσατό τε ὁ ἄνεμος καὶ τὸ κῦμα ἔστρωτο ib. 193; ταὐτὰ.. νῦν τε καὶ τότε Ar.Av. 24
; χωρὶς τό τ' εἰπεῖν πολλὰ καὶ τὰ καίρια S.OC 808
; ὅσον τό τ' ἄρχειν καὶ τὸ δουλεύειν δίχα A.Pr. 927
; sts. (like τε.. τε) even used of alternatives, διάνδιχα μερμήριξεν, ἵππους τε στρέψαι καὶ ἐναντίβιον μαχέσασθαι Il.8.168
; ἐν δίκᾳ τε καὶ παρὰ δίκαν Pi.O.2.16
; θεοῦ τε.. θέλοντος καὶ μὴ θέλοντος A.Th. 427
; πείσας τε.. καὶ μὴ τυχών Th.3.42
:—on οἵ τε ἄλλοι καὶ.. , e.g. τοῖς τε ἄλλοις ἅπασι καὶ Λακεδαιμονίοις Isoc.12.249
, and ἄλλως τε καὶ.. , v. ἄλλος 11.6, ἄλλως 1.3
.

2 in this sense τ' ἠδέ is only [dialect] Ep., σκῆπτρόν τ' ἠδὲ θέμιστας Il.9.99
, cf. 1.400, al.; also τε.., ἰδέ, χαλκόν τε ἰδὲ λόφον 6.469
, cf. 8.162.

3 καὶ.. τε, both.. and.., is occasionally found, as καὶ μητέρα πατέρα τ' E.Alc. 646.

b καὶ.. τε perh. means and.. also in καὶ ναυτικῷ τε ἅμα Th.1.9
; καὶ πρός τε τοὺς Ῥηγίνους Id.6.44
; καὶ αὐτός τε Id.8.68
; v. infr. c. 10.

4 τε.. τε or τε.. καὶ.. sts. join elements which are not syntactically parallel, esp. a part. and a finite verb, ἰοῖσίν τε τιτυσκόμενοι λάεσσί τ' ἔβαλλον (for βάλλοντες) Il.3.80; ἄλλα τε ἐπιφραζόμενος καὶ δὴ καὶ ἐπεπόμφεε Hdt.1.85
; ἀλλῳ τε τρόπῳ πειράζοντες καὶ μηχανὴν προσήγαγον Th.4.100
; τῆς τε ὥρας.. ταύτης οὔσης.., καὶ τὸ χωρίον.. χαλεπὸν ἦν Id.7.47
, cf. 4.85, 8.81, 95.

5 the copulative τε becomes rare in later Gr.; it is found about 340 times in LXX, mostly in the Pentateuch and 1-4 Ma., only 3 times in Ps.; in the NT it is found about 150 times in Act.Ap., 20 times in Ep.Hebr., and very rarely in the other books.

B In [dialect] Ep. (more rarely in other dactylic verse, v. infr. 11) τε stands in general or frequentative statements or in statements of what is well known; such statements are freq. made as justifications of a preceding particular statement or of a preceding exhortation to a particular person or persons; the sense of τε thus approaches that of τοι (cf. τοι and τε in Od.2.276-7, and cf. Il.13.115 with 15.203); although associated with numerous particles and other words of particular types (v. infr.) its meaning remains independent of these and applies to the whole sentence in which it stands: αἶψά τε φυλόπιδος πέλεται κόρος ἀνθρώποισιν Il.19.221
; οὐ γάρ τ' αἶψα θεῶν τρέπεται νόος αἰὲν ἐόντων Od.3.147
; θεοὶ δέ τε πάντα ἴσασιν 4.379
, cf. 5.79, 447, 10.306, 17.485, Il.9.497, 16.688, 17.176, 21.264; ξυνὸς Ἐνυάλιος καί τε κτανέοντα κατέκτα 18.309
, cf. Od.11.537, Il.24.526; ἤ τ' ἔβλητ' ἤ τ' ἔβαλ' ἄλλον 11.410
; οὐ μὲν γάρ τε κακὸν βασιλευέμεν Od.1.392
; οἳ φύλλοισιν ἐοικότες ἄλλοτε μέν τε ζαφλεγέες τελέθουσιν.. ἄλλοτε δὲ.. Il.21.464
; ἄλλος γάρ τ' ἄλλοισιν ἀνὴρ ἐπιτέρπεται ἔργοις Od.14.228
, cf. 8.169, 170, 15.400; τοῦ γάρ τε ξεῖνος μιμνήσκεται ἤματα πάντα, ἀνδρὸς ξεινοδόκου, ὅς κεν φιλότητα παράσχῃ ib.54, cf. 17.322; ῥεχθὲν δέ τε νήπιος ἔγνω Il.17.32
; παθὼν δέ τε νήπιος ἔγνω Hes.Op. 218
; αἰεὶ γάρ τε νεώτεροι ἀφραδέουσιν Od. 7.294
; δύσζηλοι γάρ τ' εἰμὲν ἐπὶ χθονὶ φῦλ' ἀνθρώπων ib. 307; τοῦ δέ τε πολλοὶ ἐπαυρίσκοντ' ἄνθρωποι, καί τε πολέας ἐσάωσε Il.13.733
-4; τοῦ μὲν γάρ τε κακοῦ τρέπεται χρὼς ἄλλυδις ἄλλῃ, ἐν δέ τέ οἱ κραδίη στέρνοισι πατάσσει.., πάταγος δέ τε γίγνετ' ὀδόντων ib. 279-83; ὀλίγη δέ τ' ἀνάπνευσις πολέμοιο 18.201
; νέῳ δέ τε πάντ' ἐπέοικεν.. κεῖσθαι 22.71
; κατέλεξεν ἅπαντα κήδε' ὅσ' ἀνθρώποισι πέλει, τῶν ἄστυ ἁλώῃ· ἄνδρας μὲν κτείνουσι, πόλιν δέ τε πῦρ ἀμαθύνει, τέκνα δέ τ' ἄλλοι ἄγουσι, βαθυζώνους τε γυναῖκας 9.592
-4, cf. 22.492, 495, 499; νεμεσσῶμαί γε μὲν οὐδέν· καὶ γάρ τίς τ' ἀλλοῖον ὀδύρεται ἄνδρ' ὀλέσασα.. ἢ Ὀδυσῆ' Od.19.265
; σχέτλιε, καὶ μέν τίς τε χερείονι πείθεθ' ἑταίρῳ.., αὐτὰρ ἐγὼ θεός εἰμι 20.45
, cf. 23.118, Il.2.292, 9.632; νῦν δὲ μνησώμεθα δόρπου· καὶ γάρ τ' ἠΰκομος Νιόβη ἐμνήσατο σίτου κτλ. 24.602 (where a general inference is implied); ὃν Βριάρεων καλέουσι θεοί, ἄνδρες δέ τε πάντες Αἰγαίων' 1.403
, cf. 2.814, 5.306, 10.258, 14.290; sts. of repeated action by particular persons, ἄλλοτε μέν τε γόῳ φρένα τέρπομαι Od.4.102
; οὐ μὰ γὰρ Ἀπόλλωνα Διὶ φίλον, ᾧ τε σύ, Κάλχαν, εὐχόμενος.. θεοπροπίας ἀναφαίνεις Il.1.86
; ἡ δὲ.. μ' αἰεὶ.. νεικεῖ, καί τέ μέ φησι μάχῃ Τρώεσσιν ἀρήγειν ib. 521; μήτηρ γάρ τέ μέ φησι θεά, Θέτις ἀργυρόπεζα, διχθαδίας κῆρας φερέμεν θανάτοιο τέλοσδε 9.410
.

2 in exhortations addressed to an individual, a subsidiary sentence or relative clause in which he is reminded of his special or characteristic sphere of activity is marked by τε, e.g. Ἑρμεία, σοὶ γάρ τε μάλιστά γε φίλτατόν ἐστιν ἀνδρὶ ἑταιρίσσαι καί τ' ἔκλυες ᾧ κ' ἐθέλῃσθα, βάσκ' ἴθι.. Il.24.334
; Ἀτρεΐδη, σοὶ γάρ τε μάλιστά γε λαὸς Ἀχαιῶν πείσονται μύθοισι.., νῦν δ' ἀπὸ πυρκαϊῆς σκέδασον.. 23.156
; δεῦρο δὴ ὄρσο, γρηῢ.., ἥ τε γυναικῶν δμῳάων σκοπός ἐσσι.., ἔρχεο Od. 22.395
, cf. Il.17.249.

3 similarly in general and frequentative statements consisting of two clauses (one of which may be a relative clause, freq. containing the subj. or opt.), in which the fulfilment of the condition stated in the subsidiary or subordinate clause is declared to be generally or always followed by the result stated in the principal clause, either or both clauses may contain τε:

a the principal clause alone contains τε, ὅς κε θεοῖς ἐπιπείθηται, μάλα τ' ἔκλυον αὐτοῦ Il.1.218
; ὃς δ' ἂν ἀμύμων αὐτὸς ἔῃ καὶ ἀμύμονα εἰδῇ, τοῦ μέν τε κλέος εὐρὺ διὰ ξεῖνοι φορέουσι πάντας ἐπ' ἀνθρώπους, πολλοί τέ μιν ἐσθλὸν ἔειπον Od.19.333
; εἴ περ γὰρ θυμῷ γε μενοινάᾳ πολεμίζειν, ἀλλά τε λάθρῃ γυῖα βαρύνεται.., βλάβεται δέ τε γούνατ' ἰόντι Il.19.165
-6; ᾧ μέν κ' ἀμμείξας δώῃ Ζεὺς τερπικέραυνος, ἄλλοτε μέν τε κακῷ ὅ γε κύρεται ἄλλοτε δ' ἐσθλῷ 24.530
.

b the subordinate clause alone contains τε, λάζετο δ' ἔγχος.. τῷ δάμνησι στίχας ἀνδρῶν ἡρώων οἷσίν τε κοτέσσεται ὀβριμοπάτρη 5.747
; ῥεῖα δ' ἀρίγνωτος γόνος ἀνέρος ᾧ τε Κρονίων ὄλβον ἐπικλώση Od.4.207
; ἀντί νυ πολλῶν λαῶν ἐστιν ἀνὴρ ὅν τε Ζεὺς κῆρι φιλήσῃ Il.9.117
, cf. 7.298, Od.6.287, 7.74, 8.547, 18.276; with opt., ἀλλὰ πολὺ πρώτιστος.. ἕλεσκον ἀνδρῶν δυσμενέων ὅ τέ μοι εἴξειε πόδεσσι 14.221
: it is prob. that τε has been replaced by κε in the text of Hom. in Il.1.218, 9.510 (cf. 508), and some other passages in which κε seems to be used, exceptionally, in general relative clauses.

c both clauses contain τε, ὃς μέν τ' αἰδέσεται κούρας Διὸς ἆσσον ἰούσας, τὸν δὲ μέγ' ὤνησαν καί τ' ἔκλυον εὐχομένοιο Il.9.508
-9; εἴ περ γάρ τε χόλον γε καὶ αὐτῆμαρ καταπέψῃ, ἀλλά τε καὶ μετόπισθεν ἔχει κότον 1.82
-3.

4 in the subordinate clause of a collective sentence, in which the principal clause states something to be true of all those (i.e. each individual) to whom the predicate of the subordinate clause applies, ὑπόσχωμαι.. κτήματα.. πάντα μάλ' ὅσσα τ' Ἀλέξανδρος.. ἠγάγετο Τροίηνδ'.. δωσέμεν Il.22.115
; πάντων ὅσσα τε γαῖαν ἔπι πνείει τε καὶ ἕρπει 17.447
, cf. Od.18.131, Il.19.105; βάλλειν ἄγρια πάντα τά τε τρέφει οὔρεσιν ὕλη 5.52
, cf. 18.485.

5 in relative clauses (and in parenthetic principal clauses) which indicate what is customary, ἐπεὶ οὐχ ἱερήϊον οὐδὲ βοείην ἀρνύσθην, ἅ τε ποσσὶν ἀέθλια γίγνεται ἀνδρῶν which are the usual prizes.., Il.22.160; ἔργ' ἀνδρῶν τε θεῶν τε, τά τε κλείουσιν ἀοιδοί Od.1.338
, cf. 3.435, 4.85, 13.410, 14.226, 17.423, Il.5.332; κύματος ἐξαναδύς, τά τ' ἐρεύγεται ἤπειρόνδε Od.5.438
; μολπή τ' ὀρχηστύς τε, τὰ γάρ τ' ἀναθήματα δαιτός 1.152
: similarly in clauses with οἷά τε (πολλά), κῆτος ἐπισσεύῃ μέγα δαίμων ἐξ ἁλός, οἷά τε πολλὰ τρέφει.. Ἀμφιτρίτη 5.422
; οὐ γάρ σ' οὐδέ.. δαήμονι φωτὶ ἐΐσκω ἄθλων, οἷά τε πολλὰ μετ' ἀνθρώποισι πέλονται 8.160
, cf. 11.364, 14.63, 15.324, 379.

6 in relative clauses indicating what is true of all persons or things denoted by the same word, οὐ γάρ τις νήσων ἱππήλατος οὐδ' εὐλείμων αἵ θ' ἁλὶ κεκλίαται no one of the islands which lie in the sea (as all islands do, i.e. no island at all), Od.4.608; ἡμίονον.. ἥ τ' ἀλγίστη δαμάσασθαι Il.23.655
; ἐσθλὸς ἐὼν γαμβρὸς ἢ πενθερός, οἵ τε μάλιστα κήδιστοι τελέθουσι Od.8.582
; αἰετοῦ οἴματ' ἔχων.. ὅς θ' ἅμα κάρτιστός τε καὶ ὤκιστος πετεηνῶν Il.21.252
, cf. 24.294; οὐδέ μιν εἰσοιχνεῦσι κυνηγέται, οἵ τε καθ' ὕλην ἄλγεα πάσχουσιν Od.9.120
; δικασπόλοι, οἵ τε θέμιστας πρὸς Διὸς εἰρύαται Il.1.238
, cf. Od.5.67, 101, Il.1.279, 19.31, 24.415; οἶνός σε τρώει.., ὅς τε καὶ ἄλλους βλάπτει Od.21.293
, cf. 14.464; πάρφασις, ἥ τ' ἔκλεψε νόον πύκα περ φρονεόντων Il.14.217
; οἰκωφελίη, ἥ τε τρέφει ἀγλαὰ τέκνα Od.14.223
.

7 when the antecedent is a definite group of gods or men, the relative clause with τε indicates an essential characteristic of the antecedent, Ἐρινύες, αἵ θ' ὑπὸ γαῖαν ἀνθρώπους τείνυνται Il.19.259
; Σειρῆνας.., αἵ ῥά τε πάντας ἀνθρώπους θέλγουσιν Od.12.39
; Φαίηκές μ' ἄγαγον ναυσίκλυτοι, οἵ τε καὶ ἄλλους ἀνθρώπους πέμπουσιν 16.227
, cf. 20.187; νυμφάων αἵ τ' ἄλσεα καλὰ νέμονται καὶ πηγὰς ποταμῶν Il.20.8
; Λωτοφάγων, οἵ τ' ἄνθινον εἶδαρ ἔδουσι Od.9.84
: similarly when the antecedent is an individual person (incl. god) or thing, the relative clause with τε indicates one of his or its general or essential characteristics or aspects, οὐ μὰ Ζῆν' ὅς τίς τε θεῶν ὕπατος καὶ ἄριστος Il.23.43
, cf. 2.669, Od.5.4; Ἑρμείαο ἕκητι διακτόρου, ὅς ῥά τε πάντων ἀνθρώπων ἔργοισι χάριν καὶ κῦδος ὀπάζει 15.319
; Λάμπον καὶ Φαέθονθ', οἵ τ' Ἠῶ πῶλοι ἄγουσι 23.246
; Τειρεσίαο μάντιος ἀλαοῦ, τοῦ τε φρένες ἔμπεδοί εἰσι 10.493
; τεύχεα δύνεις ἀνδρὸς ἀριστῆος, τόν τε τρομέουσι καὶ ἄλλοι Il.17.203
, cf. 7.112; κεῖται ἀνὴρ ὅν τ' (v.l. ὃν) ἶσον ἐτίομεν Ἕκτορι δίῳ, Αἰνείας 5.467
; the relative clause sts. indicates what is customary, οὐδέ σε λήθω τιμῆς ἧς τέ μ' ἔοικε τετιμῆσθαι μετ' Ἀχαιοῖς 23.649
; ἔνθα δ' ἀνὴρ ἐνίαυε πελώριος, ὅς ῥά τε μῆλα οἶος ποιμαίνεσκε Od.9.187
; τῶν πάντων οὐ τόσσον ὀδύρομαι.. ὡς ἑνός, ὅς τέ μοι ὕπνον ἀπεχθαίρει καὶ ἐδωδὴν μνωομένῳ 4.105
; σῆς ἀλόχου.. ἥ τέ τοι αὔτως ἧσται ἐνὶ μεγάροισιν 13.336
; καὶ κήρυκα Μέδοντα σαώσομεν, ὅς τέ μευ αἰεὶ.. κηδέσκετο 22.357
, cf. 346.

8 τε is used in descriptions of particular places or things when attention is called to their peculiar or characteristic features, or their position, e.g. Λιβύην, ἵνα τ' ἄρνες ἄφαρ κεραοὶ τελέθουσι Od.4.85
; ἔνθα δέ τ' ὄρνιθες τανυσίπτεροι εὐνάζοντο 5.65
, cf. 9.124, 13.99, 100, 107, 109, 244; ἓξ δέ τέ οἱ (sc. Σκύλλῃ) δειραὶ περιμήκεες 12.90
, cf. 93,99, 105; ἐν δέ τε Γοργείη κεφαλή (in Athena's αἰγίς) Il.5.741; χαλεπὸν δέ τ' ὀρύσσειν ἀνδράσι γε θνητοῖσι (sc. μῶλυ) Od. 10.305; δοιαὶ γάρ τε πύλαι ἀμενηνῶν εἰσὶν ὀνείρων 19.562
; sts. τε draws attention to a well-known custom or permanent feature, ἀρξάμενοι τοῦ χώρου, ὅθεν τέ περ οἰνοχοεύει 21.142
; ἦ μένετε Τρῶας σχεδὸν ἐλθέμεν, ἔνθα τε νῆες εἰρύατ' εὔπρυμνοι Il.4.247
, cf. Od. 6.266; ἐν ποταμῷ, ὅθι τ' ἀρδμὸς ἔην πάντεσσι βοτοῖσιν Il.18.521
, cf. Od.14.353.

9 a part of the anatomy is defined by a clause (containing τε) which indicates a feature which universally belongs to it, κατ' ἰσχίον, ἔνθα τε μηρὸς ἰσχίῳ ἐνστρέφεται Il.5.305
, cf. 8.83, 13.547, 16.481, 20.478; similarly a point of time is defined, ὥρῃ ἐν εἰαρινῇ, ὅτε τ' ἤματα μακρὰ πέλονται Od.18.367
.

10 τε is used in relative clauses which define a measurement of a particular thing or action by reference to the measurement (in general) of some thing or action well known in daily life, γεφύρωσεν δὲ κέλευθον μακρὴν ἠδ' εὐρεῖαν, ὅσον τ' ἐπὶ δουρὸς ἐρωὴ γίγνεται Il.15.358
; τοῦ δ' ἤτοι κλέος ἔσται ὅσον τ' ἐπικίδναται ἠώς 7.451
; ὅτε τόσσον ἀπῆν ὅσσον τε γέγωνε βοήσας Od.9.473
, cf. 3.321, al.; more rarely the definition is by reference to the measurement of a particular thing or action, ἤσθιε.. ἕως ὅ τ' ἀοιδὸς ἐνὶ μεγάροισιν ἄειδεν (s.v.l.) 17.358; ἥ τις δὴ τέτληκε τόσα φρεσίν, ὅσσα τ' ἐγώ περ 19.347
.

11 the freq. use of τε B in similes is to be explained under one or other of the foregoing heads, e.g. when reference is made to generally known kinds of things or natural phenomena, to human experience in daily life, or to well-known phenomena of the animal world, Il.2.456, 459, 463, 468, 470, 471, 474, 481, 3.23-5,33, 11.415-7, al.; or when universal characteristics of gods, men, animals, etc., are indicated by relative clauses introduced by ὅς τε, ὅς ῥά τε, etc., 3.61, 151, 198, al.; or by ὥς τε, ἠΰτε, ὥς τίς τε, etc., e.g. 5.136, 17.133, Od.4.535, ὡς εἴ τε 9.314
, 14.254, etc.

II in post-Hom. Gr. this use of τε is more restricted; outside of [dialect] Ep. and other early dactylic verse (Hes.Op.30, 214, 233, al., Xenoph.13.3, Thgn.148, 359, etc.) it is not found except with relatives, and with these it has scarcely any discernible sense, so that ὅς τε in Lyr. and Trag. is for the most part only = ὅς, e.g. (possibly generalizing) Μοῖρ', ἅ τε πατρώϊον τῶνδ' ἔχει τὸν εὔφρονα πότμον Pi.O.2.35
, cf. 14.2, A.Eu. 1024, E.Hec. 445 (lyr.), etc. (v. ὅστε); without generalizing force, Pi.N.9.9, A.Pers. 297, Ch. 615, etc.; Hdt. has τά πέρ τε 1.74
, ὅκως τε 2.108
codd., ὅσον τε (without a verb, as in Od.9.325, al.) 1.126, 2.96, 3.5, al., οἷά τε 1.93
codd. (adverbially 2.175, 5.11): in [dialect] Att. Prose and Com. even these uses disappear and we find only a few phrases, as ἅτε, ὥστε, ἐφ' ᾧτε, οἷός τε; in later Gr. we find exceptionally ἔνθεν τε Hp.Ep.17
; ἀφ' οὗ τε UPZ62.8
(ii B.C.); ἀπ' οὗ τε PCair.Zen.291.3
(iii B.C.); οἵ τε GDI215.23
(Erythrae, ii B.C.); ἥ τ' PMag.Par.1.2962; ὅσον τε ὀκτὼ στάδια Paus.6.26.1
; καὶ ἔστιν ἔπη Μαντικὰ ὁπόσα τε (= which) ἐπελεξάμεθα καὶ ἡμεῖς Id.9.31.5
; οἷόν τε καὶ ἐπὶ τῆς κύων φωνῆς θεωροῦμεν S.E.M.11.28
.

C in Hom. τε is also (but less freq.) used in conjunction with other particles in contexts (mainly particular statements) such as the following:

1 in assurances, statements on oath, and threats, σχέτλιος, ἦ τ' ἐκέλευον ἀπωσάμενον δήϊον πῦρ ἂψ ἐπὶ νῆας ἴμεν Il.18.13
; ἐξ αὖ νῦν ἔφυγες θάνατον, κύον· ἦ τέ τοι ἄγχι ἦλθε κακόν 11.362
; ἦ τε is similarly used in 11.391, 17.171, 236, Od.24.28, 311, al.; ἦ τ' ἄν in Il.12.69, al.; γάρ τε (s. v.l.) in οὐ γάρ τ' οἶδα 6.367
, cf. Od.10.190; νύ τε in 1.60, 347 (but τ' more prob. = τοι, v. σύ) ; δέ τε in ἀγορῇ δέ τ' ἀμείνονές εἰσι καὶ ἄλλοι Il.18.106
; σὲ δέ τ' ἐνθάδε γῦπες ἔδονται 16.836
; μέν τε in σφὼ μέν τε σαώσετε λαὸν Ἀχαιῶν 13.47
, cf. 4.341; εἴ πέρ τε in οὔ τοι ἔτι δηρόν γε φίλης ἀπὸ πατρίδος αἴης ἔσσεται, οὐδ' εἴ πέρ τε σιδήρεα δέσματ' ἔχῃσιν Od.1.204
, cf. 188, Il.12.223, 245.

2 also in commands, warnings, and admonitions, σίγα, μή τίς τ' ἄλλος Ἀχαιῶν τοῦτον ἀκούσῃ μῦθον Il.14.90
, cf. Od.19.486; ὣς ἄγαγ' ὡς μήτ' ἄρ τις ἴδῃ μήτ' ἄρ τε νοήσῃ Il.24.337
; τούσδε τ' (v.l. δ') ἐᾶν 16.96
(nisi leg. τούσδ' ἔτ') ; δὸς δέ τέ μ' ἄνδρα ἑλεῖν 5.118
; μηδέ τ' ἐρώει (nisi leg. μηδ' ἔτ') 2.179, 22.185.

3 also in passionate utterances, in clauses which indicate the cause of the speaker's passion or a circumstance which might have caused others to behave more considerately towards him, ὤ μοι ἐγὼ δειλή.. ἥ τ'.. τὸν μὲν.. θρέψασα.. ἐπιπροέηκα Il.18.55
; σχέτλιοί ἐστε, θεοί, ζηλήμονες ἔξοχον ἄλλων, οἵ τε θεαῖς ἀγάασθε.. ἤν τίς τε.. Od.5.119
, 120, cf. 21.87, Il.15.468, 17.174; ἡμεῖς δ' αὖ μαχόμεσθ', οἵ πέρ τ' ἐπίκουροι ἔνειμεν and we, who ( mark you) are only allies (not γαμβροί and κασίγνητοι), are fighting, 5.477; τρεῖς γάρ τ' ἐκ Κρόνου εἰμὲν ἀδελφεοί for we, let me tell you, are three brothers, sons of Cronos (and Zeus has no prior title to power), 15.187; ποῖόν δε ἔπος φύγεν ἕρκος ὀδόντων δεινόν τ' ἀργαλέον τε· νεμεσσῶμαι δέ τ' ἀκούων Od.21.169
; οὐ μήν οἱ τό γε κάλλιον οὐδέ τ' ἄμεινον Il.24.52
.

4 in descriptions of particular events and things where there is no general reference, κνίση μὲν ἀνήνοθεν, ἐν δέ τε φόρμιγξ ἠπύει Od.17.270
; ὥς (= so) τέ μοι ὑβρίζοντες ὑπερφιάλως δοκέουσιν δαίνυσθαι κατὰ δῶμα 1.227
; τοὺς μέν τ' ἰητροὶ πολυφάρμακοι ἀμφιπένονται.. σὺ δ' ἀμήχανος ἔπλευ, Ἀχιλλεῦ Il.16.28
; πόλιν πέρι δινηθήτην καρπαλίμοισι πόδεσσι, θεοὶ δέ τε πάντες ὁρῶντο dub. l. in 22.166; εὗρε δ' ἐνὶ σπῆϊ γλαφυρῷ Θέτιν, ἀμφὶ δέ τ' ἄλλαι εἵαθ' ὁμηγερέες ἅλιαι θεαί 24.83
(s.v.l.); ἐν δέ τε φάρμακον ἧκε Od.10.317
; νῶϊ δέ τ' ἄψορροι κίομεν Il.21.456
; πολλὰς γὰρ δὴ νύκτας.. ἄεσα καί τ' ἀνέμεινα.. Ἠῶ Od.19.342
; δέελον δ' ἐπὶ σῆμά τ' ἔθηκε Il.10.466
; ἐν δέ τε οἶνον κρητῆρσιν κερόωντο Od.20.252
; so with οὐδέ τ' (nisi leg. οὐδ' ἔτ') , τὸν καὶ ὑπέδδεισαν μάκαρες θεοὶ οὐδέ τ' ἔδησαν Il.1.406
; οὐδέ τ' ἔληγε μέγας θεός, ὦρτο δ' ἐπ' αὐτόν 21.248
; οὐδέ τ' ἄειρε 23.730
; οὐδέ τ' ἔασεν 11.437
, 21.596, cf. 15.709.

5 ὅτε τε ( when) freq. introduces a temporal clause defining a point of time in the past by means of a well-known event which occurred then, ἦ οὐ μέμνῃ ὅτε τ' ἐκρέμω ὑψόθεν; Il.15.18; ὅτε τε Κρόνον.. Ζεὺς γαίης νέρθε καθεῖσε 14.203
; ἤματι τῷ ὅτε τ' ἦλθον Ἀμαζόνες 3.189
(but ἤματι τῷ ὅτε τε is general in 13.335; so also ὅτε πέρ τε.. κέρωνται in 4.259); ὅτε τ' ἤλυθε νόσφιν Ἀχαιῶν ἄγγελος ἐς Θήβας 5.803
, cf. 10.286, 22.102, Od.7.323, 18.257.

6 in ὅ τε ( that or because) the τε has no observable meaning, χωόμενος ὅ τ' ἄριστον Ἀχαιῶν οὐδὲν ἔτισας Il.1.244
, cf. 412, 4.32, 6.126, Od.5.357, al.

7 ἐπεί τε = ἐπεί ( when) is rare in Hom., ἐπεί τ' ἐνόησε Il.12.393
, cf. ἐπείτε.

8 where τ' ἄρ occurs in questions, e.g. πῇ τ' ἂρ μέμονας καταδῦναι ὅμιλον; Il.13.307, cf. 1.8, 18.188, al., ταρ (q.v.) should prob. be read, since ἄρ ([etym.] α) usu. precedes a τε which is not copulative; so perh. ταρα should be read for τ' ἄρα in Od.1.346.

9 in ἣ θέμις ἐστὶν.. ἤ τ' ἀνδρῶν ἤ τε γυναικῶν Il.9.276
, it is not clear whether τε is copulative (τε A) or generalizing (τε B) or neither (τε C); ἤ is prob. = ἦ (accented as in ἤτοι (; ἤ τ' ἀλκῆς ἤ τε φόβοιο is dub. l. in 17.42; ἤ τ' = or is found in 19.148, = than in Od.16.216.

10 Rarer and later uses;

a also, esp. with ἄλλος, Ἑρμεία, σὺ γὰρ αὖτε τά τ' ἄλλα περ ἄγγελός ἐσσι Od.5.29
, cf. 17.273, Il.23.483; ἐπεὶ τά τε ἄλλα πράττουσιν καλῶς, ἀναθεῖναι αὐτοὺς καὶ στήλην IG22.1298.9
, cf. Lycurg.100 (s.v.l.); ἐκομισάμην τὸ παρὰ σοῦ ἐπιστόλιον, ἐν ᾧ ὑπέγραψάς μοι τήν τε παρὰ Ζήνωνος πρὸς Ἰεδδοῦν γεγραμμένην PCair.Zen.18.1
(iii B.C.); εἰ οὖν περὶ τούτων ἐπιστροφὴν μὴ ποιήσει, οἵ τε λοιποί μοι τὰς χεῖρας προσοίσουσιν (- σωσιν Pap.) PPetr.2p.10 (iii B.C.); τῶν δὲ παρὰ ταῦτα ποιησόντων τά τε κτήνη ὑπὸ στέρεσιν ἀχθήσεσθαι πρὸς τὰ ἐκφόρια PTeb.27.74
(ii B.C.); v. supr. A. 11.3b.

b with ὅδε, adding a slight emphasis to the preceding word, εἰ δὴ τήνδε τε γαῖαν ἀνείρεαι Od.13.238
, cf. 15.484.

c τε γάρ rarely = καὶ γάρ or γάρ, Arist.APo. 75b41, de An. 405a4, PA 661b28, Pol. 1318b33, 1333a2; ἐάν τε γάρ for even if, 2 Ep.Cor.10.8; τήν τε γὰρ ἐπιθυμίαν οὐκ ᾔδειν for I had not known even lust. Ep.Rom.7.7.

D Position of τε:

1 in signf. A, as an enclitic, it stands second word in the sentence, clause, or phrase, regardless of the meaning: ἐγγύθι τε Πριάμοιο καὶ Ἕκτορος near both Priam and Hector, Il.6.317; ἡμέτεραί τ' ἄλοχοι καὶ νήπια τέκνα 2.136
, cf. 4.505, 7.295; αἰεί τε δὴ νηλὴς οὺ καὶ θράσους πλέως A.Pr.42
codd., cf. 291 (anap.); ἄνευ τε δόλου καὶ ἀπάτης Hdt.1.69
; ὑπέρ τε σοῦ καὶ τῆς ἀδελφῆς PEnteux.6.6
(iii B.C.); τοῖς τε πόνοις καὶ μαθήμασι Pl.R. 537a
, cf. Ti. 70b; hence in E.Or. 897 πόλεος must be taken with what precedes (Porson ad loc.): but article + noun, preposition + noun are freq. regarded as forming a unity indivisible by τε, τοῖς κτανοῦσί τε A.Ch.41
(lyr.); πρὸς βίαν τε Id.Pr. 210
; also the order is freq. determined by the meaning, τε being placed immediately after the word (or first word of a phrase or clause) which it joins to what precedes or to what follows, πατὴρ ἀνδρῶν τε θεῶν τε Il.1.544
; ἔξω δόμων τε καὶ πάτρας A.Pr. 665
; the copulative or preparatory τε precedes many other particles, e.g. τε γάρ, τ' ἄρα, τέ τις.

2 τε is enclitic in signfs. B, C also, and stands early in its sentence, clause, or phrase (v. supr.), but many particles which follow τε in signf. A precede it in signfs. B, C, e.g. in signfs. B, C we have δέ τε, μέν τε, γάρ τε, ἀλλά τε, δ' ἄρα τε, ὅς ῥά τε, οὔτ' ἄρ τε, καὶ γάρ τίς τε, ὅς τίς τε, καί τε.

E Etymology: signf. A is found also in Skt. ca, Lat. - que; for signfs. B and c cf. Skt. ca in yá[hudot ] káś ca 'whosoever (with following verb)', Lat. - que in quisque, ubique, plerique, usque, neque, nec (= non in necopinans, etc.), Goth. ni-h 'not' (also 'and not'), Lat. namque (= nam).

Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > τε
58 ὡς

ὡς (Hom.+; loanw. in rabb.) relative adv. of the relative pron. ὅς. It is used as

① a comparative particle, marking the manner in which someth. proceeds, as, like

ⓐ corresponding to οὕτως=‘so, in such a way’: σωθήσεται, οὕτως ὡς διὰ πυρός he will be saved, (but only) in such a way as (one, in an attempt to save oneself, must go) through fire (and therefore suffer fr. burns) 1 Cor 3:15. τὴν ἑαυτοῦ γυναῖκα οὕτως ἀγαπάτω ὡς ἑαυτόν Eph 5:33; cp. vs. 28. ἡμέρα κυρίου ὡς κλέπτης οὕτως ἔρχεται 1 Th 5:2. The word οὕτως can also be omitted ἀσφαλίσασθε ὡς οἴδατε make it as secure as you know how = as you can Mt 27:65. ὡς οὐκ οἶδεν αὐτός (in such a way) as he himself does not know = he himself does not know how, without his knowing (just) how Mk 4:27. ὡς ἀνῆκεν (in such a way) as is fitting Col 3:18. Cp. 4:4; Eph 6:20; Tit 1:5 (cp. Just., A I, 3, 1 ὡς πρέπον ἐστίν). ὡς πᾶσα γυνὴ γεννᾷ GJs 11:2; ὡς ἀπεκαλύφθη AcPlCor 1:8.

ⓑ special uses

α. in ellipses (TestAbr A 12 p. 90, 22 [Stone p. 28] θρόνος … ἐξαστράπτων ὡς πῦρ; TestJob 20:3 χρήσασθαι … ὡς ἐβούλετο; JosAs 12:7 πρὸς σὲ κατέφυγον ὡς παιδίον ἐπὶ τὸν πατέρα) ἐλάλουν ὡς νήπιος I used to speak as a child (is accustomed to speak) 1 Cor 13:11a; cp. bc; Mk 10:15; Eph 6:6a; Phil 2:22; Col 3:22. ὡς τέκνα φωτὸς περιπατεῖτε walk as (is appropriate for) children of light Eph 5:8; cp. 6:6b. ὡς ἐν ἡμέρᾳ as (it is one’s duty to walk) in the daylight Ro 13:13. The Israelites went through the Red Sea ὡς διὰ ξηρᾶς γῆς as (one travels) over dry land Hb 11:29. οὐ λέγει ὡς ἐπὶ πολλῶν ἀλλʼ ὡς ἐφʼ ἑνός he speaks not as one would of a plurality (s. ἐπί 8), but as of a single thing Gal 3:16.—Ro 15:15; 1 Pt 5:3. Also referring back to οὕτως (GrBar 6:16 ὡς γὰρ τὰ δίστομα οὕτως καὶ ὁ ἀλέκτωρ μηνύει τοῖς ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ like articulate beings the rooster informs earth’s inhabitants) οὕτως τρέχω ὡς οὐκ ἀδήλως I run as (a person) with a fixed goal 1 Cor 9:26a. Cp. ibid. b; Js 2:12.

β. ὡς and the words that go w. it can be the subj. or obj., of a clause: γενηθήτω σοι ὡς θέλεις let it be done (= it will be done) for you as you wish Mt 15:28. Cp. 8:13; Lk 14:22 v.l. (for ὅ; cp. ὡς τὸ θέλημά σου OdeSol 11:21). The predicate belonging to such a subj. is to be supplied in οὐχ ὡς ἐγὼ θέλω (γενηθήτω) Mt 26:39a.—ἐποίησεν ὡς προσέταξεν αὐτῷ ὁ ἄγγελος he did as (= that which) the angel commanded him (to do) Mt 1:24; cp. 26:19 (on the structure s. RPesch, BZ 10, ’66, 220–45; 11, ’67, 79–95; cp. the formula Job 42:9 and the contrasting negation Ex 1:17; s. also Ex 3:21f); 28:15.—Practically equivalent to ὅ, which is a v.l. for it Mk 14:72 (JBirdsall, NovT 2, ’58, 272–75; cp. Lk 14:22 above).

γ. ἕκαστος ὡς each one as or according to what Ro 12:3; 1 Cor 3:5; 7:17ab; Rv 22:12. ὡς ἦν δυνατὸς ἕκαστος each person interpreted them as best each could Papias (2:16).

δ. in indirect questions (X., Cyr. 1, 5, 11 ἀπαίδευτοι ὡς χρὴ συμμάχοις χρῆσθαι) ἐξηγοῦντο ὡς ἐγνώσθη αὐτοῖς ἐν τῇ κλάσει τοῦ ἄρτου they told how he had made himself known to them when they broke bread together Lk 24:35. Cp. Mk 12:26 v.l. (for πῶς); Lk 8:47; 23:55; Ac 10:38; 20:20; Ro 11:2; 2 Cor 7:15.

② a conjunction marking a point of comparison, as. This ‘as’ can have a ‘so’ expressly corresponding to it or not, as the case may be; further, both sides of the comparison can be expressed in complete clauses, or one or even both may be abbreviated.

ⓐ ὡς is correlative w. οὕτως=so. οὕτως … ὡς (so, in such a way) … as: οὐδέποτε ἐλάλησεν οὕτως ἄνθρωπος ὡς οὗτος λαλεῖ ὁ ἄνθρωπος J 7:46. ὡς … οὕτως Ac 8:32 (Is 53:7); 23:11; Ro 5:15 (ὡς τὸ παράπτωμα, οὕτως καὶ τὸ χάρισμα, both halves to be completed), 18. ὡς κοινωνοί ἐστε τῶν παθημάτων, οὕτως καὶ τῆς παρακλήσεως as you are comrades in suffering, so (shall you be) in comfort as well 2 Cor 1:7. Cp. 7:14; 11:3 v.l.—ὡς … καί as … so (Plut., Mor. 39e; Ath. 15, 2) Mt 6:10; Ac 7:51; 2 Cor 13:2; Gal 1:9; Phil 1:20.

ⓑ The clause beginning w. ὡς can easily be understood and supplied in many cases; when this occurs, the noun upon which the comparison depends can often stand alone, and in these cases ὡς acts as a particle denoting comparison. οἱ δίκαιοι ἐκλάμψουσιν ὡς ὁ ἥλιος the righteous will shine out as the sun (shines) Mt 13:43. ὡς ἐπὶ λῃστὴν ἐξήλθατε συλλαβεῖν με as (one goes out) against a robber, (so) you have gone out to arrest me 26:55 (Mel., P. 79, 574 ὡς ἐπὶ φόνιον λῄστην). γίνεσθε φρόνιμοι ὡς οἱ ὄφεις be (as) wise as serpents (are) 10:16b. Cp. Lk 12:27; 21:35; 22:31; J 15:6; 2 Ti 2:17; 1 Pt 5:8.

ⓒ Semitic infl. is felt in the manner in which ὡς, combined w. a subst., takes the place of a subst. or an adj.

α. a substantive

א. as subj. (cp. Da 7:13 ὡς υἱὸς ἀνθρώπου ἤρχετο; cp. 10:16, 18) ἐνώπιον τοῦ θρόνου (ἦν) ὡς θάλασσα ὑαλίνη before the throne there was something like a sea of glass Rv 4:6. Cp. 8:8; 9:7a. ἀφʼ ἑνὸς ἐγενήθησαν ὡς ἡ ἄμμος from one man they have come into being as the sand, i.e. countless descendants Hb 11:12.

ב. as obj. (JosAs 17:6 εἶδεν Ἀσενὲθ ὡς ἅρμα πυρός) ᾂδουσιν ὡς ᾠδὴν καινήν they were singing, as it were, a new song Rv 14:3. ἤκουσα ὡς φωνήν I heard what sounded like a shout 19:1, 6abc; cp. 6:1.

β. as adjective, pred. (mostly εἶναι, γίνεσθαι ὡς; the latter also in rendering of ךְּ to express the basic reality of something: GDelling, Jüd. Lehre u. Frömmigkeit ’67, p. 58, on ParJer 9:7) ἐὰν μὴ γένησθε ὡς τὰ παιδία if you do not become child-like Mt 18:3. ὡς ἄγγελοί εἰσιν they are similar to angels 22:30. πᾶσα σὰρξ ὡς χόρτος 1 Pt 1:24. Cp. Mk 6:34; 12:25; Lk 22:26ab; Ro 9:27 (Is 10:22); 29a (Is 1:9a); 1 Cor 4:13; 7:7f, 29–31; 9:20f; 2 Pt 3:8ab (Ps 89:4); Rv 6:12ab al. (cp. GrBar 14:1 ἐγένετο φωνὴ ὡς βροντή). Sim. also ποίησόν με ὡς ἕνα τῶν μισθίων σου treat me like one of your day laborers Lk 15:19.—The adj. or adjectival expr. for which this form stands may be used as an attribute πίστιν ὡς κόκκον σινάπεως faith like a mustard seed=faith no greater than a tiny mustard seed Mt 17:20; Lk 17:6. προφήτης ὡς εἷς τῶν προφητῶν Mk 6:15. Cp. Ac 3:22; 7:37 (both Dt 18:15); 10:11; 11:5. ἐγένετο ὡς εἷς τῶν φευγόντων AcPl Ha 5, 18. ἀρνίον ὡς ἐσφαγμένον a lamb that appeared to have been slaughtered Rv 5:6.—In expressions like τρίχας ὡς τρίχας γυναικῶν 9:8a the second τρίχας can be omitted as self-evident (Ps 54:7 v.l.): ἡ φωνὴ ὡς σάλπιγγος 4:1; cp. 1:10; 9:8b; 13:2a; 14:2c; 16:3.

ⓓ other noteworthy uses

α. ὡς as can introduce an example ὡς καὶ Ἠλίας ἐποίησεν Lk 9:54 v.l.; cp. 1 Pt 3:6; or, in the combination ὡς γέγραπται, a scripture quotation Mk 1:2 v.l.; 7:6; Lk 3:4; Ac 13:33; cp. Ro 9:25; or even an authoritative human opinion Ac 17:28; 22:5; 25:10; or any other decisive reason Mt 5:48; 6:12 (ὡς καί).

β. ὡς introduces short clauses: ὡς εἰώθει as his custom was Mk 10:1. Cp. Hs 5, 1, 2. ὡς λογίζομαι as I think 1 Pt 5:12. ὡς ἐνομίζετο as was supposed Lk 3:23 (Diog. L. 3, 2 ὡς Ἀθήνησιν ἦν λόγος [about Plato’s origin]; TestAbr A 5 p. 82, 32 [Stone p. 12] ὡς ἐμοὶ δοκεῖ; Just., A I, 6, 2 ὡς ἐδιδάχθημεν). ὡς ἦν as he was Mk 4:36. ὡς ἔφην Papias (2:15) (ApcMos 42; cp. Just., A I, 21, 6 ὡς προέφημεν).

γ. The expr. οὕτως ἐστὶν ἡ βασιλεία τοῦ θεοῦ ὡς ἄνθρωπος βάλῃ τὸν σπόρον Mk 4:26 may well exhibit colloquial syntax; but some think that ἄν (so one v.l. [=ἐάν, which is read by many mss.]) once stood before ἄνθρωπος and was lost inadvertently. S. the comm., e.g. EKlostermann, Hdb. z. NT⁴ ’50 ad loc.; s. also Jülicher, Gleichn. 539; B-D-F §380, 4; Mlt. 185 w. notes; Rdm.² 154; Rob. 928; 968.

③ marker introducing the perspective from which a pers., thing, or activity is viewed or understood as to character, function, or role, as

ⓐ w. focus on quality, circumstance, or role

α. as (JosAs 26:7 ἔγνω … Λευὶς … ταῦτα πάντα ὡς προφήτης; Just., A I, 7, 4 ἵνα ὡς ἄδικος κολάζηται) τί ἔτι κἀγὼ ὡς ἁμαρτωλὸς κρίνομαι; why am I still being condemned as a sinner? Ro 3:7. ὡς σοφὸς ἀρχιτέκτων 1 Cor 3:10. ὡς ἀρτιγέννητα βρέφη as newborn children (in reference to desire for maternal milk) 1 Pt 2:2. μή τις ὑμῶν πασχέτω ὡς φονεύς 4:15a; cp. b, 16.—1:14; 1 Cor 7:25; 2 Cor 6:4; Eph 5:1; Col 3:12; 1 Th 2:4, 7a.—In the oblique cases, genitive (ApcSed 16:2 ὡς νέου αὐτοῦ ἐπαράβλεπον τὰ πταίσματα αὐτοῦ; Just., A I, 14, 4 ὑμέτερον ἔστω ὡς δυνατῶν βασιλέων): τιμίῳ αἵματι ὡς ἀμνοῦ ἀμώμου Χριστοῦ with the precious blood of Christ, as of a lamb without blemish 1 Pt 1:19. δόξαν ὡς μονογενοῦς παρὰ πατρός glory as of an only-begotten son, coming from the Father J 1:14. Cp. Hb 12:27. Dative (Ath. 14, 2 θύουσιν ὡς θεοῖς; 28, 3 πιστεύειν ὡς μυθοποιῷ; Stephan. Byz. s.v. Κυνόσαργες: Ἡρακλεῖ ὡς θεῷ θύων): λαλῆσαι ὑμῖν ὡς πνευματικοῖς 1 Cor 3:1a; cp. bc; 10:15; 2 Cor 6:13; Hb 12:5; 1 Pt 2:13f; 3:7ab; 2 Pt 1:19. Accusative (JosAs 22:8 ἠγάπα αὐτὸν ὡς ἄνδρα προφήτην; Just., A I, 4, 4 τὸ ὄνομα ὡς ἔλεγχον λαμβάνετε; Tat. 27, 1 ὡς ἀθεωτάτους ἡμᾶς ἐκκηρύσσετε; Ath. 16, 4 οὐ προσκυνῶ αὐτὰ ὡς θεοὺς): οὐχ ὡς θεὸν ἐδόξασαν Ro 1:21; 1 Cor 4:14; 8:7; Tit 1:7; Phlm 16; Hb 6:19; 11:9. παρακαλῶ ὡς παροίκους καὶ παρεπιδήμους 1 Pt 2:11 (from the perspective of their conversion experience the recipients of the letter are compared to temporary residents and disenfranchised foreigners, cp. the imagery 1 Pt 1:19 above and s. παρεπίδημος and πάροικος 2).—This is prob. also the place for ὸ̔ ἐὰν ποιῆτε, ἐργάζεσθε ὡς τῷ κυρίῳ whatever you have to do, do it as work for the Lord Col 3:23. Cp. Eph 5:22. εἴ τις λαλεῖ ὡς λόγια θεοῦ if anyone preaches, (let the pers. do so) as if (engaged in proclaiming the) words of God 1 Pt 4:11a; cp. ibid. b; 2 Cor 2:17bc; Eph 6:5, 7.

β. ὡς w. ptc. gives the reason for an action as one who, because (X., Cyr. 7, 5, 13 κατεγέλων τῆς πολιορκίας ὡς ἔχοντες τὰ ἐπιτήδεια; Appian, Liby. 56 §244 μέμφεσθαι τοῖς θεοῖς ὡς ἐπιβουλεύουσι=as being hostile; Polyaenus 2, 1, 1; 3, 10, 3 ὡς ἔχων=just as if he had; TestAbr B 8 p. 112, 17 [Stone p. 72] ὡς αὐτῷ ὄντι φίλῳ μου (do it for) him [Abraham] as a friend of mine; TestJob 17:5 καθʼ ἡμῶν ὡς τυραννούντων against us as though we were tyrants; ApcMos 23 ὡς νομίζοντες on the assumption that (we would not be discovered); Jos., Ant. 1, 251; Ath. 16, 1 ὁ δὲ κόσμος οὐχ ὡς δεομένου τοῦ θεοῦ γέγονεν; SIG 1168, 35); Paul says: I appealed to the Emperor οὐχ ὡς τοῦ ἔθνους μου ἔχων τι κατηγορεῖν not that I had any charge to bring against my (own) people Ac 28:19 (PCairZen 44, 23 [257 B.C.] οὐχ ὡς μενῶν=not as if it were my purpose to remain there). ὡς foll. by the gen. abs. ὡς τὰ πάντα ἡμῖν τῆς θείας δυνάμεως αὐτοῦ δεδωρημένης because his divine power has granted us everything 2 Pt 1:3. Cp. Dg. 5:16.—Only in isolated instances does ὡς show causal force when used w. a finite verb for, seeing that (PLeid 16, 1, 20; Lucian, Dial. Mort. 17, 2, end, Vit. Auct. 25; Aesop, Fab. 109 P.=148 H.; 111 H-H.: ὡς εὐθέως ἐξελεύσομαι=because; Tetrast. Iamb. 1, 6, 3; Nicetas Eugen. 6, 131 H. Cp. Herodas 10, 3: ὡς=because [with the copula ‘is’ to be supplied]) Mt 6:12 (ὡς καί as Mk 7:37 v.l.; TestDan 3:1 v.l.; the parallel Lk 11:4 has γάρ). AcPlCor 1:6 ὡς οὖν ὁ κύριος ἠλέησεν ἡμᾶς inasmuch as the Lord has shown us mercy (by permitting us). So, more oft., καθώς (q.v. 3).

γ. ὡς before the predicate acc. or nom. w. certain verbs functions pleonastically and further contributes to the aspect of perspective ὡς προφήτην ἔχουσιν τὸν Ἰωάννην Mt 21:26. Cp. Lk 16:1. λογίζεσθαί τινα ὡς foll. by acc. look upon someone as 1 Cor 4:1; 2 Cor 10:2 (for this pass. s. also c below). Cp. 2 Th 3:15ab; Phil 2:7; Js 2:9.

ⓑ w. focus on a conclusion existing only in someone’s imagination or based solely on someone’s assertion (PsSol 8:30; Jos., Bell. 3, 346; Just., A I, 27, 5; Mel., P. 58, 422) προσηνέγκατέ μοι τὸν ἄνθρωπον τοῦτον ὡς ἀποστρέφοντα τὸν λαόν, καὶ ἰδοὺ … you have brought this fellow before me as one who (as you claim) is misleading the people, and now … Lk 23:14. τί καυχᾶσαι ὡς μὴ λαβών; why do you boast, as though you (as you think) had not received? 1 Cor 4:7. Cp. Ac 3:12; 23:15, 20; 27:30. ὡς μὴ ἐρχομένου μου as though I were not coming (acc. to their mistaken idea) 1 Cor 4:18. ὡς μελλούσης τῆς πόλεως αἴρεσθαι assuming that the city was being destroyed AcPl Ha 5, 16.

ⓒ w. focus on what is objectively false or erroneous ἐπιστολὴ ὡς διʼ ἡμῶν a letter (falsely) alleged to be from us 2 Th 2:2a (Diod S 33, 5, 5 ἔπεμψαν ὡς παρὰ τῶν πρεσβευτῶν ἐπιστολήν they sent a letter which purported to come from the emissaries; Diog. L. 10:3 falsified ἐπιστολαὶ ὡς Ἐπικούρου; Just., A, II, 5, 5 ὡς ἀπʼ αὐτοῦ σπορᾷ γενομένους υἱούς). τοὺς λογιζομένους ἡμᾶς ὡς κατὰ σάρκα περιπατοῦντας 2 Cor 10:2 (s. also aγ above). Cp. 11:17; 13:7. Israel wishes to become righteous οὐκ ἐκ πίστεως ἀλλʼ ὡς ἐξ ἔργων not through faith but through deeds (the latter way being objectively wrong) Ro 9:32 (Rdm.² 26f). ὡς ἐκ παραδόσεως ἀγράφου εἰς αὐτὸν ἥκοντα (other matters he recounts) as having reached him through unwritten tradition (Eus. about Papias) Papias (2:11).

④ conj., marker of result in connection with indication of purpose=ὥστε so that (Trag., Hdt.+, though nearly always w. the inf.; so also POxy 1040, 11; PFlor 370, 10; Wsd 5:12; TestJob 39:7; ApcMos 38; Jos., Ant. 12, 229; Just., A I, 56, 2; Tat. 12, 2. W. the indic. X., Cyr. 5, 4, 11 οὕτω μοι ἐβοήθησας ὡς σέσῳσμαι; Philostrat., Vi. Apoll. 8, 7 p. 324, 25f; Jos., Bell. 3, 343; Ath. 15, 3; 22, 2) Hb 3:11; 4:3 (both Ps 94:11). ὡς αὐτὸν καθόλου τὸ φῶς μὴ βλέπειν Papias (3:2) (s. φῶς 1a). ὡς πάντας ἄχθεσθαι (s. ἄχθομαι) AcPl Ha 4, 14. ὡς πάντας … ἀγαλλιᾶσθαι 6, 31 al.

⑤ marker of discourse content, that, the fact that after verbs of knowing, saying (even introducing direct discourse: Maximus Tyr. 5:4f), hearing, etc.=ὅτι that (X., An. 1, 3, 5; Menand., Sam. 590 S. [245 Kö.]; Aeneas Tact. 402; 1342; PTebt 10, 6 [119 B.C.]; 1 Km 13:11; EpArist; Philo, Op. M. 9; Jos., Ant. 7, 39; 9, 162; 15, 249 al.; Just., A I, 60, 2; Tat. 39, 2; 41, 1; Ath. 30, 4.—ORiemann, RevPhilol n.s. 6, 1882, 73–75; HKallenberg, RhM n.s. 68, 1913, 465–76; B-D-F §396) ἀναγινώσκειν Mk 12:26 v.l. (for πῶς); Lk 6:4 (w. πῶς as v.l.). μνησθῆναι Lk 24:6 (D ὅσα); cp. 22:61 (=Lat. quomodo, as in ms. c of the Old Itala; cp. Plautus, Poen. 3, 1, 54–56). ἐπίστασθαι (Jos., Ant. 7, 372) Ac 10:28; 20:18b v.l. (for πῶς). εἰδέναι (MAI 37, 1912, 183 [= Kl. T. 110, 81, 10] ἴστε ὡς [131/132 A.D.]) 1 Th 2:11a. μάρτυς ὡς Ro 1:9; Phil 1:8; 1 Th 2:10.—ὡς ὅτι s. ὅτι 5b.

⑥ w. numerals, a degree that approximates a point on a scale of extent, about, approximately, nearly (Hdt., Thu. et al.; PAmh 72, 12; PTebt 381, 4 [VSchuman, ClW 28, ’34/35, 95f: pap]; Jos., Ant. 6, 95; Ruth 1:4; 1 Km 14:2; TestJob 31:2; JosAs 1:6) ὡς δισχίλιοι Mk 5:13. Cp. 8:9; Lk 1:56; 8:42; J 1:39; 4:6; 6:10, 19; 19:14, 39; 21:8; Ac 4:4; 5:7, 36; 13:18, 20; 27:37 v.l. (Hemer, Acts 149 n. 140); Rv 8:1.

⑦ a relatively high point on a scale involving exclamation, how! (X., Cyr. 1, 3, 2 ὦ μῆτερ, ὡς καλός μοι ὁ πάππος! Himerius, Or. 54 [=Or. 15], 1 ὡς ἡδύ μοι τὸ θέατρον=how pleasant … ! Ps 8:2; 72:1; TestJob 7:12) ὡς ὡραῖοι οἱ πόδες τῶν εὐαγγελιζομένων ἀγαθά Ro 10:15 (cp. Is 52:7). Cp. 11:33. ὡς μεγάλη μοι ἡ σήμερον ἡμέρα GJs 19:2.

⑧ temporal conjunction (B-D-F §455, 2; 3; Harnack, SBBerlAk 1908, 392).

ⓐ w. the aor. when, after (Hom., Hdt. et al.; Diod S 14, 80, 1; pap [POxy 1489, 4 al.]; LXX; TestAbr B 3 p. 107, 6 [Stone p. 62]; JosAs 3:2; ParJer 3:1; ApcMos 22; Jos., Bell. 1, 445b; Just., D. 2, 4; 3, 1) ὡς ἐπλήσθησαν αἱ ἡμέραι Lk 1:23. ὡς ἐγεύσατο ὁ ἀρχιτρίκλινος J 2:9.—Lk 1:41, 44; 2:15, 39; 4:25; 5:4; 7:12; 15:25; 19:5; 22:66; 23:26; J 4:1, 40; 6:12, 16; 7:10; 11:6, 20, 29, 32f; 18:6; 19:33; 21:9; Ac 5:24; 10:7, 25; 13:29; 14:5; 16:10, 15; 17:13; 18:5; 19:21; 21:1, 12; 22:25; 27:1, 27; 28:4. AcPl Ha 3, 20.

ⓑ w. pres. or impf. while, when, as long as (Menand., Fgm. 538, 2 K. ὡς ὁδοιπορεῖς; Cyrill. Scyth. [VI A.D.] ed. ESchwartz ’39 p. 143, 1; 207, 22 ὡς ἔτι εἰμί=as long as I live) ὡς ὑπάγεις μετὰ τοῦ ἀντιδίκου σου while you are going with your opponent Lk 12:58. ὡς ἐλάλει ἡμῖν, ὡς διήνοιγεν ἡμῖν τὰς γραφάς while he was talking, while he was opening the scriptures to us 24:32.—J 2:23; 8:7; 12:35f ( as long as; cp. ἕως 2a); Ac 1:10; 7:23; 9:23; 10:17; 13:25; 19:9; 21:27; 25:14; Gal 6:10 ( as long as); 2 Cl 8:1; 9:7; IRo 2:2; ISm 9:1 (all four as long as).—ὡς w. impf., and in the next clause the aor. ind. w. the same subject (Diod S 15, 45, 4 ὡς ἐθεώρουν …, συνεστήσαντο ‘when [or ‘as soon as’] they noticed …, they put together [a fleet]’; SIG 1169, 58 ὡς ἐνεκάθευδε, εἶδε ‘while he was sleeping [or ‘when he went to sleep’] [in the temple] he saw [a dream or vision]’) Mt 28:9 v.l.; J 20:11; Ac 8:36; 16:4; 22:11.— Since (Soph., Oed. R. 115; Thu. 4, 90, 3) ὡς τοῦτο γέγονεν Mk 9:21.

ⓒ ὡς ἄν or ὡς ἐάν w. subjunctive of the time of an event in the future when, as soon as.

α. ὡς ἄν (Hyperid. 2, 43, 4; Herodas 5, 50; Lucian, Cronosolon 11; PHib 59, 1 [c. 245 B.C.] ὡς ἂν λάβῃς; UPZ 71, 18 [152 B.C.]; PTebt 26, 2. Cp. Witkowski 87; Gen 12:12; Josh 2:14; Is 8:21; Da 3:15 Theod.; Ath. 31, 3 [ἐάν Schwartz]) Ro 15:24; 1 Cor 11:34; Phil 2:23.

β. ὡς ἐάν (PFay 111, 16 [95/96 A.D.] ὡς ἐὰν βλέπῃς) 1 Cl 12:5f; Hv 3, 8, 9; 3, 13, 2.

ⓓ w. the superlative ὡς τάχιστα (a bookish usage; s. B-D-F §244, 1; Rob. 669) as quickly as possible Ac 17:15 (s. ταχέως 1c).

⑨ a final particle, expressing intention/purpose, with a view to, in order to

ⓐ w. subjunctive (Hom.+; TestAbr A 4 p. 80, 33 [Stone p. 8]; SibOr 3, 130; Synes., Hymni 3, 44 [NTerzaghi ’39]) ὡς τελειώσω in order that I might finish Ac 20:24 v.l. (s. Mlt. 249).

ⓑ w. inf. (X.; Arrian [very oft.: ABoehner, De Arriani dicendi genere, diss. Erlangen 1885 p. 56]; PGen 28, 12 [II A.D.]; ZPE 8, ’71, 177: letter of M. Ant. 57, cp. 44–46; 3 Macc 1:2; Joseph.; cp. the use of the opt. Just., D. 2, 3) Lk 9:52. ὡς τελειῶσαι Ac 20:24. ὡς ἔπος εἰπεῖν Hb 7:9 (s. ἔπος).

ⓒ used w. prepositions to indicate the direction intended (Soph., Thu., X. [Kühner-G. I 472 note 1]; Polyb. 1, 29, 1; LRadermacher, Philol 60, 1901, 495f) πορεύεσθαι ὡς ἐπὶ τὴν θάλασσαν Ac 17:14 v.l.—WStählin, Symbolon, ’58, 99–104. S. also ὡσάν, ὡσαύτως, ὡσεί 2, ὥσπερ b, ὡσπερεί, ὥστε 2b. DELG. M-M.

Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > ὡς
59 GETA

could

* * *

I)

(get; gat, gátum; getinn), v.

I. with acc.

1) to get;

geta orðstír, to get fame;

geta sér e-t, to get for oneself (góðs um œðis ef sér geta mætti);

geta gott af e-m, to get good of one;

with dat. of the person, geta váluðum vel, to be kind to the poor;

geta e-m illa, to do harm to one;

impers., getr e-t, there is (got);

eigi getr slíkan (there is none such) í konungs herbergjum;

2) with pp. of another verb, geta veiddan fisk, to be able to catch fish;

ek get eigi fylgt yðr, I cannot follow you;

3) almost like an auxil. verb with infin.;

ek Gunnari gat at unna, I loved G.;

geta at lita, sjá (to get) to see;

without ‘at’, er slíkt getr fœða jóð, that shall rear such a child;

4) to learn (lengi man þat er ungr getr);

5) to beget, engender (fótr gat son við fœti);

geta börn, to beget children (said of both parents);

6) refl., getast at e-u, to like;

því at mér gezt vel at þér, because I like thee well;

láta sér getit at e-u, to be pleased with;

eigi læt ek mér at einu getit, I am not pleased to have always the same, I want some change;

II. with gen.

1) to guess;

geta gatu, to guess a riddle;

geta rétt, to guess right;

geta e-s til, to guess, suppose;

geta í hug e-m, to guess one’s thoughts;

2) to speak of, mention, in speech or writing (þess er getit, sem gört er);

geta um e-t, to speak about (hann gat ekki um þetta fyrir sínum mönnum);

þess er við getit, at, it is told that.

II)

f. guess, conjecture (er þat geta mín, at);

spá er spaks geta, a wiseman’s guess is a prophecy;

ætla ek eigi þat til getu, at hann sé þar, it is not likely that he is there;

leiða getum um e-t, to make a guess at.

* * *

pret. gat, 2nd pers. gazt, pl. gátu; pres. get; pret. subj. gætí; sup. getið, but getað in the mod. sense of could; part. getinn; reflex. pres. and pret. getsk or gezk, gatsk or gazk, mod. gezst and gazst; with the neg. suff. gátu-ð, Korm. 224, Sighvat; gat-at, Lex. Poët.

WITH ACC.

A. [Ulf. begitan = ευρίσκειν; A. S. getan; Engl. get; O. H. G. gezan]:—to get; this use of the word, which is so common in Engl., is dying out in Icel.; it is found in the old poems, esp. in the old Hm.; it is used in law phrases, but is rare in common prose, even in the oldest Sagas; geta þögn, to get silence, a hearing, Höfuðl. 3, Hm. 8; geta orðstír, to get fame; en orðstír deyr aldrigi hveim sér góðan getr, 75; orðstír of gat, Eirekr at þat, Höfuðl.; ey getr kvikr kú, Hm. 69; sjaldan liggjandi úlfr lær um getr, né sofandi maðr sigr, 57; ef hann sylg um getr, 17; né þat máttu … geta hvergi, they could nowhere get it, Hým. 4; gambantein at geta, gambantein ek gat, Skm. 34; hvar gaztú vára aura, Vkv. 12; geta gjaforð, to marry, Alm. 6: geta sér, to get for oneself; hættr er heimis-kviðr nema sér góðan geti, Sdm. 25; sá er sæll er sér um getr lof ok líknstafi, Hm. 8; er sér getr slíkan sefa, Hkm. 19; góðs um æðis, ef sér geta mætti, if he could get it, Hm. 4; geta gjöld, laun e-s, 64, 124, Gm. 3; geta gott af e-m, to get good of one, Hm. 43, 44:—in law, nema hann getí þann kvið, at …, unless he can get that verdict, that …, Grág. i. 17; goðinn seksk ef hann getr engi (acc.) til at nefna féránsdóm, 95; ella skal hverr þeirra geta mann fyrir sik, 26:—in common prose, biðja konu þeirrar er honum væri sómi í, ef hann gæti, Fms. xi. 47; veit ek eigi hvar sú kona sitr er mér sé mikit happ í at geta, Ld. 88: to get, earn, svá at hann megi sér mat geta af sínu fé eðr verkum, Grág. i. 293:—to get, learn, fátt gat ek þegjandi þar, Hm. 104; lengi man þat er ungr getr, an old saying, Ísl. ii. 248; þá skal hann eiga stefnu við fimm lögmenn, þá er hann má helzt geta af (five lawyers of whom he can best learn, i. e. five of the wisest men of law) áðr hann segi hvern þátt upp, Grág. i. 3.

2. with dat. of the person added, mostly in reference to feeding or entertaining; get þér vel at borði þínu, keep a good table, Sks. 20; get þú váluðum vel, entertain well the poor, Hm. 136; nú er honum vel getið ( he has good cheer) af gnógum mat ok góðum drykk, Str. 7; geta e-m sumbl, to give a feast to one, Ls. 8; geta e-m fótlaug, to get him a foot-bath, Hkv. 2. 37; geta e-m drápu, to entertain one with a poem, Sighvat: the phrase, geta sér (e-m) vel, ílla, to do, cause good or evil to one; ofrmælgi hygg ek at ílla geti hveim er …, a loose tongue will bring evil to any one that …, Vþm. 10; en ef hann forðask minn fund þá mun hann sér ílla geta í því, if he shuns me he will do worse to himself, Orkn. 252 (in a verse).

II. joined to an infinitive, a participle, or a supine, to get to do (fá, q. v., is used in a similar sense),—hence to be able:

1. almost like an auxil. verb,

α. with infin. but without ‘at;’ ek gat’k unna Gunnari, I got to love G., Óg. 21; en sá gat taka við syndum, Sl. 6; ek gat líta, I got to see, beheld, Korm. 14 (in a verse); ek gat blóta, Hallfred (Fs. 94); getum hræra, we do rear, Edda; geta sjá, to get to see, Hkr. i. 205 (in a verse); hann gat teygja at sér, he did draw to himself, Edda 65 (in a verse); geta fæða, to give birth to, Am. 103; ef hann eignask getr, Hm. 78; hveim er eiga getr, Hkv. Hjörv. 9:—with ‘at,’ esp. in the phrase, geta at sjá, líta; þá geta þeir Hákon jarl at líta, earl H. got to see, behold, Fms. xi. 131; þá gátu menn at sjá land fyrir stafu fram, 656 C. 22; Sölvi gat at líta hvar þeir flýðu, Nj. 247; Enok gat at eiga þann son, Stj. 45; gat at heita, Rm. 42.

β. with part. acc., with a notion of being able, Lat. posse; Gyðingar gátu enga sök sannaða, the Jews could not prove any of their charges, 656 C. 19; því mér lízt svá, sem vér munim þá aldri sótta geta, Nj. 197; ef vér getum Harald Gráfeld af lífi tekinn, Fms. xi. 21; ok geta rétta fylking sína, 131; mikinn fisk ok fagran ok gátu eigi veiddan, iv. 89.

γ. so also with sup.; gátu þeir ekki at gört, Nj. 115; ok hætta á hvárt ek geta keypt (kaup, v. l.) fyrir yðr. if I can get a bargain for you, 157; Björn gat séð ( beheld) manna-reiðina, 260; ef ek gæta vel fyrir mér séð, 22; sem mest gat hann flutt eptir sér, Ó. H. 85; eigi at heldr gat hann veitt þann íkorna, id.; ef ek get eigi fylgt yðr, Fms. vi. 211.

2. absol. in old writers geta seems never to occur in the sense of to be able, but only periphrastically as above; but in mod. usage geta has almost displaced the old verb kunna in this sense, e. g. eg get það ekki, I cannot; getr-ðú komið, canst thou come? ef hann hefði getað, if he could have; ekki þurfti, eg gat, I could, and endless other instances.

III. impers. there is got, there is, cp. Germ. es giebt; eigi getr slíkan ( there is none such) í konungs herbergjum, Fms. vii. 148; þar getr stein (acc.) er asbestos heitir, there is got the stone asbestos, xi. 415; eigi getr vitrara mann, no wiser man is to be got; slíka menn getr varla til vitrleiks, Lv. 54; þar getr reykelsi, Hb, 8.

IV. reflex., in the phrase, e-m getsk at e-u, one is pleased at a thing, one likes it; því at mér gezk vel at þér, because I like thee well, Fms. i. 66; ok mun mér ekki at getask, nema hann sé sæmilega af höndum leystr, and I shall not be pleased, unless …, Ld. 298; at þú fengir mér konu þá er mér gætisk at, Fms. i. 289; honum gatsk ílla at þessu, Ld. 104; eru þeir nokkurir hér at þér getisk eigi at, Fms. vii. 104; konungr sagði at honum gatsk eigi at þeirri sætt svá búit, ix. 486; haf þökk fyrir, ok getsk mér nú vel at, vi. 372; segir, at henni getsk eigi at þessi ætlan, Finnb. 312; Þorgrímr bað hann til hætta hve honum gætisk at, 336; svá hefir þeim at getisk vápnum Franceisa, so they have tasted thus far the weapons of the French, Karl. 184: with sup., láta sér getið at e-u, to take interest in, be pleased with; eigi læt ek mér at einu getið, ‘tis not my taste to have always the same, I want some change, something new, Grett. 149 new Ed.; lát þér at góðu getið, rejoice in the good, Hm. 129.

B. To get, beget, engender, used alike of both parents, severally or jointly; fótr gat son við fæti, Vþm. 33: hve sá börn gat, 32; þá ek mög gat, Ls. 35; við systur þinni gaztu slíkan mög, 36; hann gat son er Guðröðr hét, Fms. i. 11; þat barn er þau geta, Grág. i. 178; ef austmaðr getr barn með konu, ef skógarmaðr getr launbarn með konu, 352; svein þann sem hón hafði getið með Abram, Stj. 114; dróttning gat son við Ívari, Fms. vii. 230; sonu marga Öndurdís við Óðni gat, Ht.; þau gátu sér son er Mörðr hét, Nj. 38; fíllinn getr eigi optarr en um sinn, Stj. 70; þegar sem þeir geta burð saman, 97; hann var getinn ( born) austr, Landn. 148; throughout Matth. i. the Icel. text renders begat by gat, cp. Mar. S. 19, Luke i. 35:—to conceive, þú munt verða getandi í kviði, Stj. 409. Judges xiii. 5; fyrir sinn erfingja getinn ok ógetinn, Grág. ii. 170; þú munt son geta ok fæða, Mar. 18; gefr hann son at geta þann er hon fæðir síðan, Mar.: reflex. to be engendered, þaðan getsk löngunin, 656 B. 7: to be born, Mar. 19.

WITH GEN., of the same form throughout, though different in construction and sense.

A. [Engl. guess (from the Scandin.?); Swed. gissa; Dan. gjætte; not in Germ. nor Saxon]:—to guess; geta gátu, to guess a riddle, Fas. i. 465; in the saying, opt verðr villr sá er geta skal, Fb. iii. 384; hvárt getr þú þessa, eðr veiztú með sannindum, Fms. ii. 260; ef þik hefði svá dreymt sem áðr gat ek, xi. 7; ok gat þess til, at þú mundir, Nj. 90; þess munda ek geta, at …, Lv. 104; þá fór sem hann gat, at …, Fms. xi. 22; ek get verit munu hafa Gunnar á Hlíðarenda, Nj. 35; sendimenn sögðu at hann gat rétt, Eg. 541; ef ek skal geta til, þá ætla ek …, Nj. 134; eptir því sem Halldórr gat til, Ld. 324; sem Ólafr konungr gat til, Fms. vii. 104, x. 354; get þú til (guess!) segir Stúfr, rétt getr þú ( thou guessest right) segir Stúfr, vi. 390; gat síns hverr til hvat skipum vera mundi, viii. 213; nú geta menn þess til at Gísli muni druknaðr vera, Gísl. 46, (tilgáta); þá get ek at á sína hönd mér setisk hvárr þeirra, Ld. 324: so in the phrase, geta til launanna í knefa e-m, to guess for the reward into another’s nieve ( closed hand), Sturl. iii. 151; geta í kollinn, to guess, guess right, passim.

2. to think, mean, almost like the American I guess; ekki get ek at hón sálug sé mjök djarftæk, I guess that she, poor thing, will …, Stj. 422; ek get hann eigi þessa eina hjálp okkr veita, 423, passim: recipr. getask, proncd. getrast.

B. [Found neither in Engl., Saxon, nor Germ.; lost in mod. Swed. and Dan.]:—to speak of, mention; þess er getið sem gört er, Grett.; gettu eigi vafurleysu þeirrar, Band. 28; öngra manna gat Kári jafnopt sem Njáls, Nj. 211; konungr þagnar hvert sinn er Þórólfs er getið, Eg. 54; þá þarf þess eigi at geta ef sættask skal, Fms. iv. 130; so also, geta um e-t, to speak about; Guanarr reið heim ok gat fyrir öngum manni um, Nj. 82; ok gátu fyrir henni um bónorðit, Fms. xi. 22; ok er ekki getið um ferð þeirra fyrr en þeir kómu til hirðar Rögnvalds jarls, iv. 130.

2. to tell of (in records etc.); þess getr Glúmr Geirason í Gráfeldar drápu, Fms. i. 25, 30, 38, 50, 55, 65, 91, iv. 62, 63, passim; en í annarri sögu er þess getið, at …, xi. 14; enn getr Einarr hversu Hákon jarl hefndi föður síns, i. 56; sem síðarr mun getið verða, as will be told later (i. e. below), 230; sem fyrr var getið, as is told above, v. 24: impers., e-s getr, it is told, recorded (in books, poems); þess getr í Hrunhendu, at …, opt skal góðs geta, a saying, the good shall be often spoken of, Hm. 102.

Íslensk-ensk orðabók > GETA
60 facio

făcĭo, feci, factum, 3, v. a. and n.; in pass.: fio, factus, fieri ( imper. usually fac, but the arch form face is freq., esp. in Plaut. and Ter., as Plaut. As. prol. 4; 1, 1, 77; id. Aul. 2, 1, 30; id. Cist. 2, 1, 28; id. Ep. 1, 1, 37; 2, 2, 117; id. Most. 3, 2, 167 et saep.; Ter. And. 4, 1, 57; 4, 2, 29; 5, 1, 2; 14; id. Eun. 1, 2, 10 al.; Cato, R. R. 23, 1; 26; 32 al.; Cat. 63, 78; 79; 82; Ov. Med. fac. 60; Val. Fl. 7, 179 al.; futur. facie for faciam, Cato ap. Quint. 1, 7, 23; cf. dico, init., and the letter e:
faxo,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 199; 2, 1, 42; 3, 3, 17; 3, 4, 14; 5, 1, 55 et saep.; Ter. And. 5, 2, 13; id. Eun. 2, 2, 54; 4, 3, 21 al.; Verg. A. 9, 154; 12, 316; Ov. M. 3, 271; 12, 594: faxim, Enn. ap. Non. 507, 23; Plaut. Am. 1, 3, 13; id. Aul. 3, 2, 6; 3, 5, 20 al.; Ter. And. 4, 4, 14; id. Heaut. 1, 2, 13:
faxis,
Hor. S. 2, 3, 38; Sil. 15, 362: faxit, Lex Numae in Paul. ex Fest. s. v. ALIVTA, p. 6 Mull.; Fragm. XII. Tab. ap. Gell. 20, 1, 12; Plaut. Capt. 3, 4, 90; 3, 5, 54; id. Cas. 3, 5, 6 al.; Ter. Heaut. 1, 2, 24; id. Phorm. 3, 3, 21:
faximus,
Plaut. Truc. 1, 1, 40: faxitis, an old form in Liv. 23, 11, 2; 25, 12, 10; 29, 27, 3:
faxint,
Plaut. Am. 2, 1, 85; id. Aul. 2, 1, 27; 2, 2, 79 al.; Ter. Heaut. 1, 1, 109; id. Hec. 1, 2, 27; 3, 2, 19; Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 35, § 81; id. Fam. 14, 3, 3.—In pass. imper.:
fi,
Plaut. Curc. 1, 1, 87; Hor. S. 2, 5, 38; Pers. 1, 1, 39:
fite,
Plaut. Curc. 1, 1, 89 al. — Indic.: facitur, Nigid. ap. Non. 507, 15: fitur, Cato ap. Prisc. p. 789:
fiebantur,
id. ib.: fitum est, Liv. Andron. ap. Non. 475, 16.— Subj.: faciatur, Titin. ib.— Inf.: fiere, Enn. ap. Charis. p. 75 P.; Ann. v. 15, ed. Vahl.; Laev. ap. Gell. 19, 7, 10.—On the long i of fit, v. Ritschl, prol. p. 184, and cf. Plaut. Capt. prol. 25: ut fit in bello) [prob. root bha-; Sanscr. bhasas, light; Gr. pha-, in phainô, phêmi; cf. fax, facetiae, facilis, Corss. Ausspr. 1, 423.—But Curt. refers facio to root the- (strengthened THEK), Griech. Etym. p. 64], to make in all senses, to do, perform, accomplish, prepare, produce, bring to pass, cause, effect, create, commit, perpetrate, form, fashion, etc. (cf. in gen.:
ago, factito, reddo, operor, tracto): verbum facere omnem omnino faciendi causam complectitur, donandi, solvendi, judicandi, ambulandi, numerandi,
Dig. 50, 16, 218.
I.
Act.
A.
In gen.
(α).
With acc.: ut faber, cum quid aedificaturus est, non ipse facit materiam, sed ea utitur, quae sit parata, etc.... Quod si non est a deo materia facta, ne terra quidem et aqua et aer et ignis a deo factus est, Cic. N. D. Fragm. ap. Lact. 2, 8 (Cic. ed. Bait. 7, p. 121):
sphaera ab Archimede facta,
Cic. Rep. 1, 14:
fecitque idem et sepsit de manubiis comitium et curiam,
id. ib. 2, 17:
aedem,
id. ib. 2, 20:
pontem in Arari faciundum curat,
Caes. B. G. 1, 13, 1:
castra,
id. ib. 1, 48, 2; Cic. Fam. 15, 4, 4:
faber vasculum fecit,
Quint. 7, 10, 9:
classem,
Caes. B. G. 4, 21, 4:
cenas et facere et obire,
Cic. Att. 9, 13, 6:
ignem lignis viridibus,
id. Verr. 2, 1, 17, § 45:
poema,
to compose, id. Pis. 29, 70:
carmina,
Juv. 7, 28:
versus,
id. 7, 38:
sermonem,
Cic. Fam. 9, 8, 1; cf.
litteram,
id. Ac. 2, 2, 6: ludos, to celebrate, exhibit = edere, id. Rep. 2, 20; id. Att. 15, 10;
also i. q. ludificari,
Plaut. Capt. 3, 4, 47:
sementes,
i. e. to sow, Caes. B. G. 1, 3, 1:
messem,
Col. 2, 10, 28:
pecuniam,
to make, acquire, Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 6, § 17:
manum (with parare copias),
to collect, prepare, id. Caecin. 12, 33; so,
cohortes,
Caes. B. C. 3, 87, 4:
exercitum,
Vell. 2, 109, 2; and:
auxilia mercede,
Tac. A. 6, 33:
iter,
Cic. Att. 3, 1; id. Planc. 26, 65; id. Div. 1, 33, 73 et saep.; cf.
also the phrases: aditum sibi ad aures,
Quint. 4, 1, 46:
admirationem alicujus rei alicui,
to excite, Liv. 25, 11, 18; Sen. Ep. 115:
aes alienum,
Cic. Att. 13, 46, 4; Liv. 2, 23, 5; Sen. Ep. 119, 1:
alienationem disjunctionemque,
Cic. Lael. 21, 76:
animum alicui,
Liv. 25, 11, 10:
arbitrium de aliquo,
to decide, Hor. C. 4, 7, 21;
opp. arbitrium alicui in aliqua re,
i. e. to leave the decision to one, Liv. 43, 15, 5:
audaciam hosti,
id. 29, 34, 10:
audientiam orationi,
Cic. Div. in Caecil. 13, 42:
auspicium alicui,
Liv. 1, 34, 9; Hor. Ep. 1, 1, 86:
auctoritatem,
Cic. de Imp. Pomp. 15, 43:
bellum,
Cic. Off. 1, 11, 35; Caes. B. G. 3, 29, 2:
multa bona alicui,
Plaut. Poen. 5, 4, 46:
castra,
to pitch, Tac. H. 5, 1:
caulem,
to form, Col. Arb. 54:
clamores,
to make, raise, Cic. Brut. 95, 326:
cognomen alicui,
to give, Liv. 1, 3, 9:
commercium sermonis,
id. 5, 15, 5:
concitationes,
Caes. B. C. 3, 106 fin.:
conjurationes,
to form, id. B. G. 4, 30 fin.:
consuetudinem alicui cum altero,
Cic. Fam. 13, 23, 1:
consilia alicui,
Liv. 35, 42, 8:
contentionem cum aliquo,
Cic. Off. 1, 38, 137:
controversiam,
to occasion, id. Or. 34, 121:
convicium magnum alicui,
id. Fam. 10, 16, 1:
copiam pugnandi militibus,
Liv. 7, 13, 10:
corpus,
to grow fat, corpulent, Cels. 7, 3 fin.; Phaedr. 3, 7, 5:
curam,
Tac. A. 3, 52:
damnum,
to suffer, Cic. Brut. 33, 125:
detrimentum,
id. Verr. 2, 4, 9, § 20:
desiderium alicujus, rei alicui,
Liv. 3, 34, 7; 7, 24, 10:
dicta,
Ov. F. 2, 375; 3, 515:
difficultatem,
Quint. 10, 3, 10 and 16:
discordiam,
to cause, Tac. H. 3, 48:
discrimen,
Quint. 7, 2, 14; 11, 1, 43:
disjunctionem (with alienationem),
Cic. Lael. 21, 76:
dolorem alicui,
id. Att. 11, 8, 2:
dulcedinem,
Sen. Ep. 111:
eloquentiam alicui (ira),
Quint. 6, 2, 26:
epigramma,
to write, Cic. Arch. 10, 25:
errorem,
Sen. Ep. 67:
eruptiones ex oppido,
Caes. B. C. 2, 2, 5:
exemplum,
Quint. 5, 2, 2: exempla = edere or statuere, Plaut. Most. 5, 1, 66. exercitum, to raise, muster, Tac. A. 6, 33:
exspectationem,
Quint. 9, 2, 23:
facinus,
Plaut. Bacch. 4, 9, 1; Cic. Fin. 2, 29, 95; Tac. A. 12, 31:
facultatem recte judicandi alicui,
Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 73, § 179:
fallaciam,
Ter. And. 1, 8, 7:
famam ingenii,
Quint. 11, 2, 46:
fastidium,
Liv. 3, 1, 7:
favorem alicui,
id. 42, 14, 10; Quint. 4, 1, 33:
fidem alicui,
Cic. Cat. 3, 2, 4; id. Att. 7, 8, 1; Quint. 6, 2, 18:
finem,
Cic. Att. 16, 16, 16; id. Rep. 2, 44:
formidinem,
to excite, Tac. H. 3, 10:
fortunam magnam (with parare),
Liv. 24, 22, 9:
fraudem,
Plaut. Mil. 2, 2, 9; Cic. Att. 4, 12:
fugam fecerunt, stronger than fugerunt,
Liv. 8, 9, 12 Weissenb.; Sall. J. 53, 3;
but: cum fugam in regia fecisset (sc. ceterorum),
Liv. 1, 56, 4; so,
fugam facere = fugare,
id. 21, 5, 16; 21, 52, 10:
fugam hostium facere,
id. 22, 24, 8; 26, 4, 8 al.:
gestum vultu,
Quint. 11, 3, 71:
gradum,
Cic. de Or. 2, 61, 249; id. Verr. 2, 2, 1, § 3; Quint. 3, 6, 8:
gratiam alicujus rei,
Liv. 3, 56, 4; 8, 34, 3:
gratulationem alicui,
Cic. Fam. 11, 18, 3; Sen. Ep. 6:
gratum alicui,
Ter. Eun. 4, 4, 56; Cic. Rep. 1, 21; cf.:
gratissimum alicui,
id. Fam. 7, 21 fin.:
histrioniam,
Plaut. Am. prol. 152:
homicidium,
to commit, Quint. 5, 9, 9:
hospitium cum aliquo,
Cic. Balb. 18, 42:
imperata,
Caes. B. G. 2, 3, 3:
impetum in hostem,
Cic. Fin. 1, 10, 34; Liv. 25, 11, 2:
incursionem,
Liv. 3, 38, 3:
indicium,
Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 57, § 150:
inducias,
id. Phil. 8, 7, 20:
initium,
to begin, id. Agr. 2, 29, 79; cf.:
initia ab aliquo,
id. Rep. 1, 19:
injuriam,
id. ib. 3, 14 (opp. accipere); Caes. B. G. 1, 36, 4; Quint. 3, 6, 49; 10, 1, 115:
insidias alicui,
Cic. Mil. 9, 23:
iram,
Quint. 6, 1, 14:
jacturam,
Cic. Off. 3, 23, 89; id. Fin. 2, 24, 79; Caes. B. G. 7, 77, 7:
judicium,
Cic. Att. 7, 23, 2:
judicatum,
to execute, id. Fl. 20, 48:
jus alicui,
Liv. 32, 13, 6:
jussa,
Ov. F. 1, 379:
laetitiam,
Cic. Fin. 1, 7, 25:
largitiones,
id. Tusc. 3, 20, 48:
locum poetarum mendacio,
Curt. 3, 1, 4:
locum alicui rei,
Cels. 2, 14 fin.; 7, 4, 3; Curt. 4, 11, 8; Sen. Ep. 91, 13 et saep.:
longius,
Cic. Leg. 1, 7, 22 al.:
valde magnum,
id. Q. Fr. 1, 2, 2, § 7:
medicinam alicui,
to administer, id. Fam. 14, 7:
memoriam,
Quint. 11, 2, 4:
mentionem,
Cic. Q. Fr. 2, 11, 2:
metum,
to excite, Tac. A. 6, 36:
turbida lux metum insidiarum faciebat,
suggested, Liv. 10, 33, 5:
metum alicui,
id. 9, 41, 11:
missum aliquem,
Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 58, § 134:
modum irae,
Liv. 4, 50, 4:
moram,
Cic. Att. 16, 2, 1; Plaut. Most. 1, 1, 72:
morem alicujus rei sibi,
Liv. 35, 35, 13:
motus,
id. 28, 46, 8: multam alicui, Cato ap. Gell. 11, 1, 6:
munditias,
id. R. R. 2, 4:
mutationem,
Cic. Sest. 12, 27; id. Off. 1, 33, 120:
multa alicui,
id. Q. Fr. 3, 1, 5, § 16:
naufragium,
to suffer, id. Fam. 16, 9, 1:
negotium alicui,
to give to do, make trouble for, Quint. 5, 12, 13; Just. 21, 4, 4:
nomen alicui,
Liv. 8, 15, 8; cf.
nomina,
to incur debts, Cic. Off. 3, 14, 59:
odium vitae,
Plin. 20, 18, 76, § 199:
officium suum,
Ter. Phorm. 4, 5, 12:
omnia amici causa,
Cic. Lael. 10, 35; id. Fam. 5, 11, 2:
opinionem alicui,
id. Div. in Caecil. 14, 45:
orationem,
id. de Or. 1, 14, 63; id. Brut. 8, 30; id. Or. 51, 172:
otia alicui,
to grant, Verg. E. 1, 6:
pacem,
to conclude, Cic. Off. 3, 30, 109:
pecuniam ex aliqua re,
id. Verr. 2, 2, 6, § 17:
periculum,
Ter. Eun. 3, 2, 23; id. Heaut. 2, 1, 9; Tac. A. 13, 33; 16, 19; Sall. C. 33, 1: perniciem alicui, to cause, = parare, Tac. H. 2, 70:
planum,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 19, 54:
potestatem,
id. Cat. 3, 5, 11; id. Rep. 2, 28:
praedam,
Caes. B. G. 4, 34, 5; Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 60, § 156; Plaut. Poen. 3, 6, 8:
praedas ab aliquo,
Nep. Chabr. 2, 2:
proelium,
to join, Caes. B. G. 1, 13; Cic. Deiot. 5, 13; Liv. 25, 1, 5; Tac. H. 4, 79; id. A. 12, 40:
promissum,
Cic. Off. 3, 25, 95:
pudorem,
Liv. 3, 31, 3:
ratum,
id. 28, 39, 16:
rem,
Ter. Ad. 2, 2, 12:
reum,
to accuse, Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 38: risum, Cael. ap. Cic. Fam. 8, 9, 1; Quint. 6, 1, 40; 48:
scelus,
to commit, Tac. H. 1, 40:
securitatem alicui,
Liv. 36, 41, 1:
sermonem,
Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 26, § 66:
significationem ignibus,
Caes. B. G. 2, 33, 3:
silentium,
Liv. 24, 7, 12:
somnum,
to induce, Juv. 3, 282:
spem,
Cic. Att. 3, 16; Liv. 30, 3, 7:
spiritus,
id. 30, 11, 3:
stercus,
Col. 2, 15:
stipendia,
Sall. J. 63, 3; Liv. 3, 27, 1; 5, 7, 5:
stomachum alicui,
Cic. Att. 5, 11, 2; id. Fam. 1, 9, 10:
suavium alicui,
Plaut. As. 4, 1, 53:
suspicionem,
Cic. Fl. 33, 83:
taedium alicujus rei,
Liv. 4, 57, 11:
terrorem iis,
to inflict, id. 10, 25, 8:
timorem,
to excite, id. 6, 28, 8:
mihi timorem,
Cic. Fam. 10, 18, 2:
totum,
Dig. 28, 5, 35:
transitum alicui,
Liv. 26, 25, 3:
turbam,
Ter. Eun. 4, 1, 2:
urinam,
Col. 6, 19:
usum,
Quint. 10, 3, 28:
vadimonium,
Cic. Quint. 18, 57:
verbum, verba,
to speak, talk, id. Verr. 2, 4, 65, § 147:
verbum,
to invent, id. Fin. 3, 15, 51:
versus,
id. Q. Fr. 3, 5:
vestigium,
id. Rab. Post. 17, 47: viam [p. 717] sibi, Liv. 3, 5, 6:
vim alicui or in aliquem,
id. 38, 24, 4; 3, 5, 5:
vires,
to get, acquire, Quint. 10, 3, 3:
vitium,
Cic. Top. 3, 15 al. —
(β).
With ut, ne, quin, or the simple subj.:
faciam, ut ejus diei locique meique semper meminerit,
Plaut. Capt. 4, 2, 20:
facere ut remigret domum,
id. Pers. 4, 6, 3; id. Capt. 3, 4, 78; 4, 2, 77:
ea, quantum potui, feci, ut essent nota nostris,
Cic. Ac. 1, 2, 8:
facito, ut sciam,
id. Att. 2, 4, 4:
non potuisti ullo modo facere, ut mihi illam epistolam non mitteres,
id. ib. 11, 21, 1:
si facis ut patriae sit idoneus,
Juv. 14, 71:
ut nihil ad te dem litterarum facere non possum,
Cic. Ac. 8, 14, 1; for which, with quin:
facere non possum, quin ad te mittam,
I cannot forbear sending, id. ib. 12, 27, 2:
fecisti, ut ne cui maeror tuus calamitatem afferret,
id. Clu. 60, 168:
fac, ne quid aliud cures,
id. Fam. 16, 11, 1:
domi assitis, facite,
Ter. Eun. 3, 2, 53:
fac fidele sis fidelis,
Plaut. Capt. 2, 3, 79:
fac cupidus mei videndi sis,
Cic. Fam. 5, 21, 5:
fac cogites,
id. ib. 11, 3, 4.—In pass.:
fieri potest, ut recte quis sentiat, etc.,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 3, 6: potest fieri, ut iratus dixerit, etc., Crass. ap. Cic. de Or. 2, 70, 285:
nec fieri possit, ut non statim alienatio facienda sit,
id. Lael. 21, 76; so with ut non, id. Verr. 2, 2, 77, § 190 (Zumpt, Gram. § 539).—
(γ).
With inf. = efficere, curare, to cause (rare):
nulla res magis talis oratores videri facit,
Cic. Brut. 38, 142; Pall. 6, 12:
aspectus arborum macrescere facit volucres inclusas,
Varr. R. R. 3, 5, 3; Sall. Fragm. ap. Sen. Ep. 114:
qui nati coram me cernere letum Fecisti,
Verg. A. 2, 539; Ov. H. 17, 174:
mel ter infervere facito,
Col. 12, 38, 5 (perh. also in Ov. H. 6, 100, instead of favet, v. Loers. ad h. l.; cf. infra, B. 4.).—
(δ).
Absol.:
ego plus, quam feci, facere non possum,
Cic. Fam. 11, 14, 3:
faciam, ut potero, Laeli,
id. de Sen. 3, 7; cf. id. Rep. 1, 24:
noli putare, pigritia me facere, quod non mea manu scribam,
id. Att. 16, 15, 1; so,
facere = hoc or id facere,
Lucr. 4, 1112 (cf. Munro ad loc.); 1153: vereor ne a te rursus dissentiam. M. Non facies, Quinte, Cic. Leg. 3, 15, 33;
so after scribam,
id. Att. 16, 16, 15:
nominaverunt,
id. Rep. 2, 28, 50;
after disserere: tu mihi videris utrumque facturus,
id. ib. 2, 11, 22;
after fingere: ut facit apud Platonem Socrates,
id. ib.:
necesse erit uti epilogis, ut in Verrem Cicero fecit,
Quint. 6, 1, 54:
qui dicere ac facere doceat,
id. 2, 3, 11:
faciant equites,
Juv. 7, 14; Liv. 42, 37, 6:
petis ut libellos meos recognoscendos curem. Faciam,
Plin. Ep. 4, 26, 1; 5, 1, 4 et saep. (cf. the use of facio, as neutr., to resume or recall the meaning of another verb, v. II. E. infra; between that use and this no line can be drawn).
B.
In partic.
1.
With a double object, to make a thing into something, to render it something:
senatum bene firmum firmiorem vestra auctoritate fecistis,
Cic. Phil. 6, 7, 18:
te disertum,
id. ib. 2, 39 fin.:
iratum adversario judicem,
id. de Or. 1, 51, 220:
heredem filiam,
to appoint, constitute, id. Verr. 2, 1, 43, § 111:
aliquem regem,
Just. 9, 6:
aliquem ludos,
Plaut. Aul. 2, 2, 75:
aliquem absentem rei capitalis reum,
Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 38, § 93:
animum dubium,
id. de Imp. Pomp. 10, 27:
injurias irritas,
id. Verr. 2, 2, 26, § 63:
vectigalia sibi deteriora,
Caes. B. G. 1, 36, 4:
hi consules facti sunt,
Cic. de Sen. 5, 14:
disciplina doctior facta civitas,
id. Rep. 2, 19:
di ex hominibus facti,
id. ib. 2, 10; cf.:
tua virtute nobis Romanos ex amicis amicissimos fecisti,
Sall. J. 10, 2.—In pass.:
quo tibi sumere depositum clavum fierique tribuno?
to become a tribune, Hor. S. 1, 6, 25.—
2.
to value, esteem, regard a person or thing in any manner (like the Engl. make, in the phrase to make much of).—Esp. with gen. pretii:
in quo perspicere posses, quanti te, quanti Pompeium, quem unum ex omnibus facio, ut debeo, plurimi, quanti Brutum facerem,
Cic. Fam. 3, 10, 2:
te quotidie pluris feci,
id. ib. 3, 4, 2:
voluptatem virtus minimi facit,
id. Fin. 2, 13, 42:
dolorem nihili facere,
to care nothing for, to despise, id. ib. 27, 88:
nihili facio scire,
Plaut. Pers. 2, 2, 42:
negat se magni facere, utrum, etc.,
Quint. 11, 1, 38:
parum id facio,
Sall. J. 85, 31: si illi aliter nos faciant quam aequum sit. Plaut. Stich. 1, 1, 43.—
3.
With gen., to make a thing the property of a person, subject it to him: omnia, quae mulieris fuerunt, viri fiunt, Cic. Top. 4, 23.—Esp.: facere aliquid dicionis alicujus, to reduce to subjection under a person or power:
omnem oram Romanae dicionis fecit,
Liv. 21, 60, 3:
dicionis alienae facti,
id. 1, 25, 13; 5, 27, 14; cf.: ut munus imperii beneficii sui faceret, to make it ( seem) his own bounty, Just. 13, 4, 9:
ne delecto imperatore alio sui muneris rempublicam faceret,
Tac. A. 15, 52.—
4.
To represent a thing in any manner, to feign, assert, say. —Constr. with acc. and adj. or part., or with acc. and inf.
(α).
Acc. and part.:
in eo libro, ubi se exeuntem e senatu et cum Pansa colloquentem facit,
id. Brut. 60, 218:
Xenophon facit... Socratem disputantem,
id. N. D. 1, 12, 31; cf.:
ejus (Socratis) oratio, qua facit eum Plato usum apud judices,
id. Tusc. 1, 40 fin. al.—
(β).
Acc. and inf.:
qui nuper fecit servo currenti in via decesse populum,
Ter. Heaut. prol. 31:
fecerat et fetam procubuisse lupam,
Verg. A. 8, 630; cf. Ov. M. 6, 109, v. Bach ad h. l.:
poetae impendere apud inferos saxum Tantalo faciunt,
Cic. Tusc. 4, 16, 35:
quem (Herculem) Homerus apud inferos conveniri facit ab Ulixe,
id. N. D. 3, 16, 41:
Plato construi a deo mundum facit,
id. ib. 1, 8, 19:
Plato Isocratem laudari fecit a Socrate,
id. Opt. Gen. 6, 17; id. Brut. 38, 142:
M. Cicero dicere facit C. Laelium,
Gell. 17, 5, 1:
caput esse faciunt ea, quae perspicua dicunt,
Cic. Fia. 4, 4, 8, v. Madv. ad h. l.—
(γ).
In double construction:
Polyphemum Homerus cum ariete colloquentem facit ejusque laudare fortunas,
Cic. Tusc. 5, 39 fin. —
5.
To make believe, to pretend:
facio me alias res agere,
Cic. Fam. 15, 18:
cum verbis se locupletem faceret,
id. Fl. 20:
me unum ex iis feci, qui, etc.,
id. Planc. 27, 65.—
6.
Hypothetically in the imper. fac, suppose, assume:
fac, quaeso, qui ego sum, esse te,
Cic. Fam. 7, 23, 1; cf.:
fac potuisse,
id. Phil. 2, 3, 5:
fac animos non remanere post mortem,
id. Tusc. 1, 34, 82; 1, 29, 70:
fac velit,
Stat. Ach. 2, 241:
fac velle,
Verg. A. 4, 540.—
7.
In mercant. lang., to practise, exercise, follow any trade or profession:
cum mercaturas facerent,
Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 28, § 72:
naviculariam,
id. ib. 2, 5, 18, §
46: argentariam,
id. ib. 2, 5, 49, § 155; id. Caecin. 4, 10:
topiariam,
id. Q. Fr. 3, 1, 2, § 5:
haruspicinam,
id. Fam. 6, 18, 1:
praeconium,
id. ib.; so,
piraticam,
id. Post. Red. in Sen. 5, 11:
medicinam,
Phaedr. 1, 14, 2.—
8.
In relig. lang., like the Gr. rhezein, to perform or celebrate a religious rite; to offer sacrifice, make an offering, to sacrifice:
res illum divinas apud eos deos in suo sacrario quotidie facere vidisti,
Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 8, § 18:
sacra pro civibus,
id. Balb. 24, 55:
sacrificium publicum,
id. Brut. 14, 56.— Absol.:
a sacris patriis Junonis Sospitae, cui omnes consules facere necesse est, consulem avellere,
Cic. Mur. 41, 90.—With abl.:
cum faciam vitula pro frugibus,
Verg. E. 3, 77:
catulo,
Col. 2, 22, 4.— Pass. impers.:
cum pro populo fieret,
Cic. Att. 1, 13, 3:
quibus diis decemviri ex libris ut fieret, ediderunt,
Liv. 37, 3, 5.—
9.
In gram., to make, form in inflecting:
cur aper apri et pater patris faciat?
Quint. 1, 6, 13; so id. 14; 15; 27; cf.:
sic genitivus Achilli et Ulixi fecit,
id. 1, 5, 63; 1, 6, 26:
eadem (littera) fecit ex duello bellum,
id. 1, 4, 15.—
10.
In late Lat., (se) facere aliquo, to betake one's self to any place:
intra limen sese facit,
App. 5, p. 159, 25;
without se: homo meus coepit ad stelas facere,
Petr. 62:
ad illum ex Libya Hammon facit,
Tert. Pall. 3.—
11.
Peculiar phrases.
a.
Quid faciam (facias, fiet, etc.), with abl., dat., or (rare) with de, what is to be done with a person or thing? quid hoc homine facias? Cic. Sest. 13, 29; id. Verr. 2, 2, 16, § 40:
nescit quid faciat auro,
Plaut. Bacch. 2, 3, 100:
quid tu huic homini facias?
Cic. Caecin. 11, 30; cf.:
quid enim tibi faciam,
id. Att. 7, 3, 2: quid faceret huic conclusioni, i. e. how should he refute, etc., id. Ac. 2, 30, 96:
quid facias illi?
Hor. S. 1, 1, 63:
miserunt Delphos consultum quidnam facerent de rebus suis,
Nep. Them. 2: quid fecisti scipione? what have you done with the stick? or, what has become of it? Plaut. Cas. 5, 4, 6; cf. id. ib. 5, 4, 9.—In pass.:
quid Tulliola mea fiet?
Cic. Fam. 14, 4, 3:
quid illo fiet? quid me?
id. Att. 6, 1, 14:
quid fiet artibus?
id. Ac. 2, 33, 107:
quid mihi fiet?
Ov. A. A. 1, 536:
quid de illa fiet fidicina igitur?
Plaut. Ep. 1, 2, 48: de fratre quid fiet? Ter. Ad. 5, 9, 39.— Absol.:
quid faciat Philomela? fugam custodia claudit?
Ov. M. 6, 572:
quid facerem? neque servitio me exire licebat, etc.,
Verg. E. 1, 41 al. —
b.
Fit, factum est aliquo or aliqua re, it happens to, becomes of a person or thing:
volo Erogitare, meo minore quid sit factum filio,
Plaut. Capt. 5, 1, 32:
nec quid deinde iis (elephantis) factum sit, auctores explicant,
Plin. 8, 6, 6, § 17:
quid eo est argento factum?
Plaut. Most. 3, 1, 106.—Hence,
(β).
Esp., si quid factum sit aliquo, if any thing should happen to one (i. q. si quid acciderit humanitus), euphemistically for if one should die:
si quid eo factum esset, in quo spem essetis habituri?
Cic. de Imp. Pomp. 20, 59; cf.:
eum fecisse aiunt, sibi quod faciendum fuit,
Plaut. Poen. 5, 1, 23. —
c.
Ut fit, as it usually happens, as is commonly the case:
praesertim cum, ut fit, fortuito saepe aliquid concluse apteque dicerent,
Cic. Or. 53, 177:
queri, ut fit, incipiunt,
id. Verr. 2, 2, 23, § 56:
dum se uxor, ut fit, comparat,
id. Mil. 10, 28:
fecit statim, ut fit, fastidium copia,
Liv. 3, 1, 7.—
d.
Fiat, an expression of assent, so be it! very good! fiat, geratur mos tibi, Plaut. Ps. 1, 5, 146; id. As. 1, 1, 27; id. Am. 2, 2, 138; id. Most. 4, 3, 44 al.—
e.
Dictum ac factum, no sooner said than done, without delay, at once; v. dictum under dico, A. d.—
12.
In certain phrases the ellipsis of facere is common, e. g. finem facere:
Quae cum dixisset, Cotta finem,
Cic. N. D. 3, 40, 94; id. Fin. 4, 1 init. —With nihil aliud quam, quid alium quam, nihil praeterquam, which often = an emphatic Engl. only (but not in Cic.):
Tissaphernes nihil aliud quam bellum comparavit,
Nep. Ages. 2:
per biduum nihil aliud quam steterunt parati,
Liv. 34, 46; Suet. Caes. 20; id. Aug. 83; Liv. 2, 63; 4, 3; 3, 26.—So with nihil amplius quam, nihil prius quam, nihil minus quam, Liv. 26, 20; 35, 11; Suet. Dom. 3.
II.
Neutr.
A.
With adverbs, to do, deal, or act in any manner:
recta et vera loquere, sed neque vere neque recte adhuc Fecisti umquam,
Plaut. Capt. 5, 2, 7;
v. recte under rego: bene fecit Silius, qui transegerit,
Cic. Att. 12, 24, 1:
seu recte seu perperam,
to do right or wrong, id. Quint. 8, 31:
Dalmatis di male faciant,
id. Fam. 5, 11 fin.:
facis amice,
in a friendly manner, id. Lael. 2, 9; cf.:
per malitiam,
maliciously, id. Rosc. Com. 7, 21:
humaniter,
id. Q. Fr. 2, 1, 1:
imperite,
id. Leg. 1, 1, 4:
tutius,
Quint. 5, 10, 68:
voluit facere contra huic aegre,
Ter. Eun. 4, 1, 10: bene facere, to profit, benefit (opp. male facere, to hurt, injure), Ter. Ad. 5, 8, 25; 5, 7, 19; Plaut. Most. 3, 2, 22; id. Capt. 5, 2, 23; v. also under benefacio and benefactum.—
B.
Facere cum or ab aliquo, to take part with one, to side with one; and opp. contra (or adversus) aliquem, to take part against one:
si respondisset, idem sentire et secum facere Sullam,
Cic. Sull. 13, 36; cf.:
cum illo consulem facere,
id. Att. 6, 8, 2; and:
secum consules facere,
id. Planc. 35, 86:
auctoritatem sapientissimorum hominum facere nobiscum,
id. Caecin. 36, 104; cf.:
rem et sententiam interdicti mecum facere fatebatur,
id. ib. 28, 79:
cum veritas cum hoc faciat,
is on his side, id. Quint. 30, 91:
commune est, quod nihilo magis ab adversariis quam a nobis facit,
id. Inv. 1, 48, 90:
omnes damnatos, omnes ignominia affectos illac (a or cum Caesare) facere,
id. Att. 7, 3, 5:
quae res in civitate duae plurimum possunt, eae contra nos ambae faciunt in hoc tempore,
id. Quint. 1, 1:
neque minus eos cum quibus steterint quam adversus quos fecerint,
Nep. Eum. 8, 2:
cum aliquo non male facere,
to be on good terms with, Ov. Am. 3, 762.—
C.
In late Lat. facere cum aliqua = vivere cum aliqua, to live in matrimony, to be married, Inscr. Orell. 4646. —
D.
Ad aliquid, alicui, or absol., to be good or of use for any thing; to be useful, of service:
chamaeleon facit ad difficultatem urinae,
Plin. 22, 18, 21, § 46; Scrib. Comp. 122:
ad talem formam non facit iste locus,
Ov. H. 16, 190; cf. id. ib. 6, 128; id. Am. 1, 2, 16 al.:
radix coronopi coeliacis praeclare facit,
Plin. 22, 19, 22, § 48; so with dat., Plin. Val. 2, 1; Prop. 3 (4), 1, 20:
facit autem commode ea compositio, quam, etc.,
Col. 7, 5, 7; 8, 17, 13:
nec caelum, nec aquae faciunt, nec terra, nec aurae,
do not benefit me, Ov. Tr. 3, 8, 23:
mire facit in peroratione confessio,
Quint. 11, 3, 173; 171; cf. with a subject-clause: plurimum facit, totas diligenter [p. 718] nosse causas, id. 6, 4, 8: ad aliquid or alicui signifies also to suit, fit:
non faciet capiti dura corona meo,
Prop. 3, 1, 19; cf. Ov. H. 16, 189.—
E.
Like the Gr. poiein or dran, and the Engl. to do, instead of another verb (also for esse and pati):
factum cupio (sc. id esse),
Plaut. Truc. 4, 4, 24:
factum volo,
id. Bacch. 3, 3, 91; id. Most. 3, 2, 104:
an Scythes Anacharsis potuit pro nihilo pecuniam ducere, nostrates philosophi facere non potuerunt?
Cic. Tusc. 5, 32, 90:
nihil his in locis nisi saxa et montes cogitabam: idque ut facerem, orationibus inducebar tuis,
id. Leg. 2, 1, 2; cf.:
Demosthenem, si illa pronuntiare voluisset, ornate splendideque facere potuisse,
id. Off. 1, 1 fin.; and:
cur Cassandra furens futura prospiciat, Priamus sapiens hoc idem facere nequeat?
id. Div. 1, 39, 85; so id. Ac. 2, 33, 107; id. Att. 1, 16, 13; Planc. ap. Cic. Fam. 10, 18, 2; Nep. Chabr. 3, 4; 4, 3 al.:
vadem te ad mortem tyranno dabis pro amico, ut Pythagoreus ille Siculo fecit tyranno (here also with the case of the preceding verb),
Cic. Fin. 2, 24 fin. (v. Madv. ad h. l. p. 278):
jubeas (eum) miserum esse, libenter quatenus id facit (i. e. miser est),
what he is doing, Hor. S. 1, 1, 64:
in hominibus solum existunt: nam bestiae simile quiddam faciunt (i. q. patiuntur or habent),
Cic. Tusc. 4, 14; so,
ne facias quod Ummidius quidam (= ne idem experiaris, ne idem tibi eveniat),
Hor. S. 1, 1, 94. —
F.
Facere omitted, especially in short sentences expressing a judgment upon conduct, etc.:
at stulte, qui non modo non censuerit, etc.,
Cic. Off. 3, 27, 101.—Hence,
1.
factus, a, um, P. a.
A.
As adjective ante-class. and very rare:
factius nihilo facit, sc. id, i. e. nihilo magis effectum reddit,
is no nearer bringing it about, Plaut. Trin. 2, 3, 6; cf. Lorenz ad loc.—Far more freq.,
B.
In the neutr. as subst.: factum, i ( gen. plur. factum, Enn. ap. Cic. Div. 1, 31, 66 Trag. 81), that which is done, a deed, act, exploit, achievement (syn.: res gestae, facinus).
1.
In gen.:
depingere,
Ter. Phorm. 1, 5, 38:
facere factum,
Plaut. Truc. 2, 7, 5; id. Mil. 3, 1, 139:
dicta et facta,
Ter. Eun. 5, 4, 19; id. Heaut. 4, 5, 12:
opus facto est,
id. Phorm. 4, 5, 4:
ecquod hujus factum aut commissum non dicam audacius, sed, etc.,
Cic. Sull. 26, 72: meum factum probari abs te triumpho gaudio, Caes. ap. Cic. Att. 9, 16, A. 1;
14, 9, 2: quod umquam eorum in re publica forte factum exstitit?
id. ib. 8, 14, 2:
praeclarum atque divinum,
id. Phil. 2, 44, 114:
egregium,
id. Fam. 10, 16, 2; id. Cael. 10, 23:
factum per se improbabile,
Quint. 7, 4, 7; 6, 1, 22:
illustre,
Nep. Arist. 2, 2; cf.:
illustria et gloriosa,
Cic. Fin. 1, 11, 37:
forte,
id. Att. 8, 14, 2:
dira,
Ov. M. 6, 533:
nefanda,
id. H. 14, 16 al.; but also with the adv.:
recte ac turpiter factum,
Caes. B. G. 7, 80, 5; cf.:
multa huius (Timothei) sunt praeclare facta sed haec maxime illustria,
Nep. Timoth. 1, 2;
v. Zumpt, Gram. § 722, 2: dimidium facti, qui coepit, habet,
Hor. Ep. 1, 2, 40:
quo facto aut dicto adest opus,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 15 et saep.:
famam extendere factis,
Verg. A. 10, 468: non hominum video. non ego facta boum, doings, i. e. works, Ov. H. 10, 60.—
2.
In partic., bonum factum, like the Gr. agathê tuchê, a good deed, i. e. well done, fortunate (ante-class. and post-Aug.):
bonum factum'st, edicta ut servetis mea,
Plaut. Poen. prol. 16; cf. id. ib. 44; cf.:
hoc factum est optimum, ut, etc.,
id. Ps. 1, 2, 52:
majorum bona facta,
Tac. A. 3, 40; cf. id. ib. 3, 65. —At the commencement of edicts, Suet. Caesar, 80; id. Vit. 14; Aur. Vict. Vir. Ill. 49, 17; Tert. Pudic. 1.—(But in the class. per. factum in this sense is a participle, and is construed with an adv.:
bene facta,
Sall. C. 8, 5; id. J. 85, 5; Cic. Tusc. 2, 26, 64:
recte, male facta,
id. Off. 2, 18, 62:
male facto exigua laus proponitur,
id. Leg. Agr. 2, 2, 5; id. Brut. 43, 322; Quint. 3, 7, 13; cf. Krebs, Antibarb. p. 460).—
* 2.
facteon, a word jestingly formed by Cicero, after the analogy of the Greek, for faciendum: quare, ut opinor, philosophêteon, id quod tu facis, et istos consulatus non flocci facteon, Cic. Att. 1, 16, 13 Orell. N. cr. (for facteon, Ernesti has eateon).

Lewis & Short latin dictionary > facio

Страницы

См. также в других словарях:

Opt-in — (von engl. to opt (for something) ‚optieren‘, ‚sich für etwas entscheiden‘) ist ein Verfahren aus dem Permission Marketing, bei dem der Endverbraucher Werbekontaktaufnahmen vorher – meist durch E Mail, Telefon oder SMS – explizit bestätigen muss … Deutsch Wikipedia
Opt-out (Permission Marketing) — Opt out (engl. to opt (for something) ‚optieren‘, ‚sich für etwas entscheiden‘) bezeichnet im Permission Marketing die im Gegensatz zum Opt in Verfahren automatische Aufnahme in eine Verteilerliste für Newsletter, beispielsweise nach dem Kauf in… … Deutsch Wikipedia
opt — [[t]ɒ̱pt[/t]] ♦♦♦ opts, opting, opted VERB If you opt for something, or opt to do something, you choose it or decide to do it in preference to anything else. [V for n] Depending on your circumstances you may wish to opt for one method or the… … English dictionary
opt — [ apt ] verb intransitive ** to make a choice or decision from a range of possibilities: opt for: After recent setbacks in the market, most people are now opting for low risk investments. opt to do something: married couples opting to file a… … Usage of the words and phrases in modern English
OPT — Outward Processing Trade concerned with the temporary export of textiles to certain Eastern European countries for processing and reimport into the European Union ( EU). Before exporting the goods, the exporter must obtain an Outward Processing… … Financial and business terms
opt */*/ — UK [ɒpt] / US [ɑpt] verb [intransitive] Word forms opt : present tense I/you/we/they opt he/she/it opts present participle opting past tense opted past participle opted to make a choice or decision from a range of possibilities opt for: After… … English dictionary
opt-in — UK US noun [C or U] ► the fact that you do not have, receive, or join in something unless you choose to, or something that you do not have or receive unless you choose it: »Users have to click to give the company permission to collect data about… … Financial and business terms
opt out — verb choose not to do something, as out of fear of failing She copped out when she was supposed to get into the hang glider • Syn: ↑cop out • Derivationally related forms: ↑copout (for: ↑cop out) • Hypernyms … Useful english dictionary
opt out — PHRASAL VERB If you opt out of something, you choose to be no longer involved in it. [V P of n] ... powers for hospitals to opt out of health authority control... [V P] Under the agreement the Vietnamese can opt out at any time. [V ed P] ...his… … English dictionary
opt — I. intransitive verb Etymology: French opter, from Latin optare Date: 1877 to make a choice; especially to decide in favor of something < opted for a tax increase Tom Wicker > II. abbreviation 1. optical; optician; optics 2 … New Collegiate Dictionary
opt-in — / ɒpt ɪn/ noun a process that requires people who want to receive information or services for a website to do something that shows they have actively chosen to do so, before the website owner can send them email … Marketing dictionary in english

Словари и энциклопедии на Академике

Перевод: со всех языков на все языки

to+opt+for+something

См. также в других словарях:

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Словари и энциклопедии на Академике

Перевод: со всех языков на все языки

to+opt+for+something

См. также в других словарях:

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Прямая ссылка: